Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 236

A

Administrative
Requirements
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0_Section A / Administrative Requirements Date: January 2013
Document Title: Section A / Administrative Requirements
Document Owner: SA-VP-D&WO
Review Interval: 48 Months

Section
A
Administrative
Requirements
© Copyright 2013, Saudi Aramco. All rights reserved.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 1 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 2 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

Table of Contents

Contents Page

A-1 Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms (DA&A) 4


A-2 Reference Material (RM) 12
A-3 General Safety Rules (GSR) 16
A-4 Rig Operators Responsibilities for Loss prevention (ROR) 21
A-5 Competency and Training (CT) 25
A-6 Emergency Drills (ED) 40
A-7 Drops Program (DP) 65
A-8 Short Service Employee Program (SSEP) 69
A-9 Requirements for SIMOPS, Land Rigs (SIMOPS) 73
A-10 Journey Management (JM) 77
A-11 Working with Service Companies (WWSC) 95
A-12 Safe Work Authorization Procedure (SWAP) 97
A-13 Monthly HSE Performance Monitoring (MHSEMR) 109
A-14 Job Safety Analysis (JSA) 116
A-15 Safety Inspection and Reporting Procedure (SI&RP) 122
A-16 Management of Change (MOC) 138
A-17 Risk Management Manual (RMM) 147
A-18 Waiver of High Risk HSE Requirements (WHRHSER) 164
A-19 Lock-Out/Tag-Out (LOTO) 169
A-20 Third Party Equipment Installation (TPEI) 173
A-21 Confined Space (CS) 176
A-22 Incident Reporting and Analysis (IR&A) 195
A-23 Spudding In and Rig/Location Release (SI&RLR) 224
A-24 Pre-Tour Checklist/Driller Handover (PTC/DH) 231

Revision Summary 235

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 3 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-1

Definitions, Abbreviations
and
Acronyms

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 4 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-1 / Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms (DA&A)

A-1a / Definitions
Company The term, "Company,” as used throughout this document, shall be
understood to mean Saudi Aramco.
Competent Person "One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the
surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or
dangerous to employees, and who has written authorization to take prompt
corrective measures to eliminate them.” By way of training and/or
experience, a competent person is knowledgeable of applicable standards, is
capable of identifying workplace hazards relating to the specific operation,
and has the authority to correct them. Some standards add additional
specific requirements which must be met by the competent person.
Contractor A person or an organization providing services to SA at SA
facilities/worksites in accordance with agreed specifications, terms and
conditions. This does not include Supplemental Manpower (SMP) working
directly for SA.
Corrective Action
Action to eliminate the cause of a detected nonconformity or other
undesirable situation.
Note: Corrective Action is taken to prevent recurrence whereas preventive
action is taken to prevent occurrence.
D&WO HSE A measurement tool that reports actual progress toward meeting the goals
Performance Report as defined in the HSE Plan. Along with other KPI’s the report identifies
safety performance compliance and deficiencies.
D&WO Performance An online dashboard that provides management with a quick-look capability
Management System at benchmarking KPI’s including HSE.
(PMS)
Drilling Information An intranet based website where HSE related information and other materials
Highway (DIH) are updated and made accessible to authorized SA and Contractor
employees.
Drilling Safety and A monthly meeting with SA D&WO management, drilling contractor
Environmental management, and service company management to review DSELI member’s
Leadership initiative HSE performance, sharing lessons learned from major incidents, recognition
(DSELI) of HSE milestones and development/implementation of DSELI HSE
initiatives.
E&OH Management Part of the overall D&WO management that facilitates the management of the
environmental aspects and occupational health risks associated with the
business and activities/operations of the D&WO. These are inclusive of
developing, planning, implementing, reviewing, maintaining and continually
improving the practices, procedures/Standards/G.I. Manuals/Codes,
processes, controls, plans, programs and resources before, while and after
commencing activities/operations.
E&OH Performance Measurable results of the E&OH implementation, related to an organization’s
control of its environmental aspects and occupational hazard and risk based
on policies, targets and other E&OH performance requirements.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 5 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-1/DA&A/A-1a/Definitions/Continued

Environment Surroundings in which the organization operates, including air, water, land,
natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.
Environmental Aspect Element of an organization’s activities, or products or services that can
interact with the environment (A significant environmental aspect is one
which can have a significant environmental impact).
Environmental Impact Any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or
partially resulting from an organization’s activities, products or services.
Environmental Release Any release of pollutant that could cause an adverse environmental impact.
Emergency Response A site specific response and management plan to be activated in the event of
Plan (ERP) a major incident at a rig location.
Fire Combustion of any material (Ref. G.I.1787.000 – Section 2.1).
Global Drilling Safety A forum and conference where all GCC operating companies MEET WITH
Leadership Initiative for Drilling Contractors and share HSE performance, lessons learned and HSE
GCC initiatives.
Hazard Source, situation, or act with a potential for harm in terms of human injury or
ill health/poisoning and environment, or combination of these.
HSE Plan Written administrative level plan that defines the HSE performance
requirements to be achieved and how they are measured.
HSE Scorecard A measurement tool that provides a means of identifying and Quantifying
KPI’s as identified in the SA D&WO HSERM and D&WO annual HSE Plan.
Incident An undesired event which could have (near miss) or did result in harm to
people to property or to the environment or loss to process.
Interested Party Person or group, inside or outside the workplace, concerned with or affected
by the E&OH performance of an organization.
Leak or a Spill Any known or unknown source release of oil, regardless of the size or
potential impact, into the waters of the SA operating area.
Occupational ILL Identifiable, adverse physical or mental condition arising from and/or made
Health worse by a work activity and/or work-related situation.
Occupational Means a poisoning or a disease arising out of or in connection with work.
Poisoning and
Occupational Disease
Offshore Means, for the purpose of this policy, the waters of the Arabian Gulf and Red
Sea up to and including beaches to the spring high tide mark.
Oil Any liquid hydrocarbon substance.
Organization Company, corporation, firm, enterprise, authority or institution, or part or
combination thereof, whether incorporated or not, public or private, that has
its own functions and administration.
Pre-Tour Meeting A meeting at crew changeover to review the current operation, next 12 hours
operation, identify safety and operational hazards and other concerns.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 6 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-1/DA&A/A-1a/Definitions/Continued

Prevention of Pollution
Use of processes, practices, techniques, materials, products, services or
energy to avoid, reduce or control (separately or in combination) the
creation, emission or discharge of any type of pollutant or waste, to reduce
adverse environmental impacts.
It includes waste reduction or elimination process, product or service
changes, efficient as of resources material and energy substitution, reuse,
recovery, recycling, reclamation and treatment.
Preventive action
Action to eliminate the cause of a potential nonconformity or other
undesirable potential situation.
Quarterly Safety A report on the findings of a scheduled rig site inspection that reviews
Inspection (QSI) compliance with D&WO policies and requirements for safety procedures,
equipment, documentation, and competency (SA Owned Rigs only).
Quarterly Rig A rig performance evaluation conducted by SA Liaisonman/Foreman to
Evaluation (QRE) report the level of compliance and performance of the Drilling Contractor.
Rig Operator In this document, the term "Rig Operator" means the agency or company
responsible for operating any drilling or workover rig, and/or providing any
drilling or workover rig services on behalf of the Saudi Arabian Oil Company
(SA).
Risk
Combination of the likelihood of an occurrence of a hazardous event or
exposure(s) and the severity of injury or ill health that can be caused by the
event or exposure.
Safe Operations
Committee Meeting A quarterly meeting to review previous quarter safety statistics (incidents,
(SOC) near misses, etc.), lessons learned, operational issues that impact safety
and employee awards and recognitions.
Safety Campaign
An organized and comprehensive publicity effort to raise awareness and
knowledge of D&WO employees, Contractors, and Service Companies
about a specific HSE topic.
Safety Moment
Opening remarks or information that is presented in a meeting to encourage
an attitude and awareness toward safety on and off the job.
SA E&OH
Requirements Engineering Standards, Engineering Procedures, G.I. Manuals, Codes,
Minimum Medical Standard Requirements (MMSR), applicable Saudi Arabia
legal & other requirements and applicable international standards.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 7 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-1/DA&A/A-1a/Definitions/Continued

Crane and Heavy Event where unintentional contact is made by equipment, or its load, with
Equipment Incident personnel, structures, or other equipment causing injury or property damage
(Ref. G.I.0007.026 – Section 2).
Event Without Injury An incident that has not required the attendance or attention of the Rig
Medic or any other medical professional.
Event With Injury An incident that requires the attendance and treatment of the Rig Medic or
any other medical professional.
A process to systematically evaluate, authorize, implement, and document
Management of Change changes to existing assets to ensure that safeguards are in place to
eliminate the possibility of introducing hazards because of changes.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 8 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-1/DA&A/Continued

A-1b / Abbreviations and Acronyms


ALARP As low as reasonably practicable.
ANSI American National Standards Institute.
API American Petroleum Institute.
AVAILS Availability.
BOP Blowout Preventer.
BPV Back Pressure Valve.
CEPI Comprehensive Environmental Performance Inspection.
CFC Chlorofluorocarbons.
DCC Disaster Control Center.
D&WO Drilling and Workover.
D&WOSD Drilling & Workover Services Department.
DMHSER Drilling Management Health, Safety and Environment Review.
DOE&CD Drilling Operational Excellence & Compliance Division.
DTD Drilling Technical Department.
EDD Exploration Drilling Department.
E&OH Environmental & Occupational Health.
E&OHU Environmental & Occupational Health Unit.
EP Emergency Preparedness.
EPD Environmental Protection Department.
ESD Emergency Shut Down.
FAI First Aid Injury Case - Minor injury (not illness) requiring one-time treatment and follow-
up observation (Ref. G.I.0006.005 – Section 3).
FAT On-Job Fatality - An On-Job injury or occupational illness that results in Fatality (Ref.
G.I.0006.005 – Section 3).
GDDD Gas Development Drilling Department.
GDD&WOD Gas Development Drilling & Workover Department.
GHG Greenhouse Gases.
G.I. General Instruction.
GM General Manager.
GOSRD Global Oil Spill Response Director.
GS General Supervisor.
HACCP Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point.
HSE Health, Safety and Environment.
HSERM Health, Safety and Environmental Requirements Manual.
IADC International Association of Drilling Contractors.
IO Internal Order.
ITD Industrial Training Department.
KPI Key Performance Indicator.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 9 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-1/DA&A/A-1b/Abbreviations and Acronyms/Continued

LTI Lost Time Injury/Illness Case - An on-job injury or occupational illness that
involves one or more days away from work beyond the day the injury or
illness occurred (Ref. G.I.0006.005 – Section 3).
MDD Manifa Drilling Department.
MOC Management of Change.
MODU Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit.
MODWR Marine Operations Division-Western Region.
MOT Ministry of Transportation.
MMSR Minimum Medical Standard Requirements.
MSAOOD Marine SA Offshore Operations Division.
MTC Medical Treatment Injury/Illness Case - An on-job injury or occupational
illness that is more serious than on-job first aid injury (FAI) or occupational
illness requiring medical treatment (Ref. G.I.0006.005 – Section 3).
MVA Motor Vehicle Accident - An MVA is any occurrence involving motor vehicle
that results in death, injury, or property damage.
NAODD Northern Area Oil Drilling Department.
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers.
NAPE Northern Area Producing Engineering.
NEC (American) National Electrical Code.
NFPA (American) National Fire Protection Association.
NM Near Miss - Event which did not result in injury or loss, but which had the
potential for injury or loss if the conditions had been slightly different (Ref.
G.I.0006.004 – Section 2.0).
ODD Offshore Drilling Department.
ODI Off- Job Disabling Injury Case - An injury suffered by an employee that does
not arise out of and in the course of employment and which results in death
or day(s) away from work (Ref. ANSI Z16.3-1997 – Recording and Measuring
employee Off-The-Job Injury experience and G.I.6.005 – Section 3).
OPITO Offshore Petroleum Industry Training Organization.
OSC Oil Spill Committee.
OSR Oil Spill Report.
OSRT Oil Spill Response Team.
PME Presidency of Meteorology and Environment.
POD Power Operations Department.
PRD Public Relations Department.
QSI Quarterly Safety Inspection (SA Owned Rigs only).
RDI Restricted Duty Injury/Illness Case - An on-job injury or occupational illness
that results in restricted work or job transfer (Ref. G.I.0006.005 – Section 3).
R&HED Roads and Heavy Equipment Department.
ROSRC Regional Oil Spill Response Coordinator.
SAA Saudi Aramco Affairs.
SAES Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 10 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-1/DA&A/A-1b/Abbreviations and Acronyms/Continued

SAG Saudi Arabian Government.


SAMSO Saudi Aramco Medical Services Organization.
SAODD Southern Area Oil Drilling Department.
SAR Saudi Aramco Rigs.
SATD Southern Area Transportation Division.
SAWCM Saudi Aramco Well Control Manual.
SCR Silicon Controlled Rectifier.
SEAMS Saudi Aramco Material System Specification.
SEAPA Sea Ports Authorities.
SEC Saudi Electric Company.
S.M.A.R.T. Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Reasonable and Time-Bound.
SME Subject Matter Expert
SMP Supplemental Manpower
SOC Safe Operations Committee.
SSSV Sub Surface Safety Valve.
SWL Safe Working Load (Limit).
TPOD Terminal Pilotage Operations Division.
TRC Total Recordable Injury/Illness Cases - Includes; FATs, LTIs, RDIs and MTCs
(Ref. G.I.0006.005 – Section 3).
UKDOT United Kingdom Department of Transportation.
USCG United States Coast Guard.
WAP Well Approval Package.
WOD Workover Department.
VP Vice President.
SWIM Safe Work Instruction(s) Manual
3-MCI 3 (Three) Month Compliance Inspection
GMDSS Global Marine Distress Safety System
ABS American Bureau of Shipping
CPR Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
SWAP Safe Work Authorization Procedure
PFD Personal Floatation Device
ACM Asbestos Containing Material
MOME Management of Major Emergencies
OIM Offshore Installation Manager
NTP Night Tool Pusher
BE Barge Engineer

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 11 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-2

Reference
Material

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 12 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-2 / Reference Material (RM)
In addition to the HSERM, the Rig operator shall have readily available for reference to drilling or
workover personnel the most recent publications as follows:

ANSI NFPA-70 Grounding Separately Derived Alternating-Current


Systems.
ANSI Z41.83 Protective Footwear.
ANSI Z88.2 American National Standard Practices for Respiratory Protection.
ANSI Z89.1 Protective Head ware for Industrial Workers –
Requirements.
API 510 Pressure Vessel Inspection Code.
API BULL 5C2 Performance Properties of Casing, Tubing, and Drill Pipe.
API BULL 5C4 Round Thread Casing Joint Strength With Combined Internal Pressure
and Bending.
API BULL 13C Drilling Fluid Processing Equipment.
API RP 7G Drill Stem Design And Operating Limits.
API RP 7H Drilling Machinery
API RP 8B Hoisting Tool Inspection and Maintenance Procedures.
API RP 9B Application, Care and Use of Wire Rope For Oil Fields.
API RP 49 Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations
involving Hydrogen Sulphide.
API RP 52 Recommended Land Drilling Operating Practices for Protection of the
Environment.
API RP 54 Recommended Practices for Occupational Safety and Health for
Oil and Gas Drilling and Servicing Operation.
API RP 500 Recommended Practice for Classification of Location for Electrical
Installation at Petroleum Facilities.
API SPEC 4A Steel Derricks.
API SPEC 4E Drilling and Well Servicing Structures.
API SPEC 6A Wellhead Equipment.
API SPEC 7 Rotary Drilling Equipment.
API SPEC 7 B-11C Internal Combustion Reciprocating Engines For Oil Field Service.
API SPEC 8 Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment.
API SPEC 9A Wire Rope.
API SPEC 13A Oil Well Drilling Fluid Materials.
D&WO-SMS D&WO SMS Manual, latest Version
D&WO-WM D&WO Workover Manual, latest Version
D&WO-WCM D&WO Well Control Manual, latest Version
G.I. 2.100 Work Permit System.
G.I. 2.104 Leak and Spill Reporting - Arabian Gulf.
G.I. 2.400 Offshore Oil (Spill) Contingency Plan.
G.I. 2.401 Inland Oil Spill Contingency Plan.
G.I. 2.702 Moving Drilling Rigs, High Clearance Equipment/Loads or Operating
Cranes Under or Near Power-Lines.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 13 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-2/RM/Continued

G.I. 2.714 Environmental Conservation Policy Implementation.


G.I. 2.716 Land Use Permit Procedures.
G.I. 2.718 Contractor Sites Allotment Procedure.
G.I. 6.012 Isolation, Lockout and Use of Hold Tags.
G.I. 6.020 Personal Flotation Devices (PFDS) for Work On, Over or Near Water.
G.I. 6.025 Control of Remote Area Travel and Search/Rescue Procedures.
G.I. 7.024 Marine and Offshore Crane, Hoist, and Rigging Operations.
G.I. 7.025 Mobile Heavy Equipment Operator Testing and Certification.
G.I. 7.026 Cranes and Heavy Equipment Accident Reporting Procedures.
G.I. 7.027 Crane Suspended Personnel Platform Operations (Man basket).
G.I. 7.028 Crane Lift: Types and Procedures.
G.I. 7.029 Inspection Use and Maintenance of Below-the-Hook Lifting Equipment
for Cranes.
G.I. 7.030 Inspection and Testing Requirements of Elevating/Lifting Equipment.
G.I. 7.082 The latest version
G.I. 8.001 Safety Requirements for Scaffold.
G.I. 8.002 Safety Spectacles.
G.I. 8.005 Protective (Safety) Footwear.
G.I. 150.000 Industrial Hygiene and Occupational Health Aspects of Loss Prevention
Policy.
G.I. 150.004 Safety Requirements for Scaffolds.
G.I. 150.100 Hazardous Materials Communication Program (HAZCOM).
G.I. 151.006 Implementing the SA Sanitary Code.
G.I. 355.001 The latest version
G.I. 355.002 The latest version
G.I. 355.003 The latest version
G.I. 355.004 The latest version
G.I. 355.014-01 Implementing the SA Sanitary Code.
G.I. 355.015-01 The latest version
G.I. 430.000 Implementing the SA Hazardous Waste Code.
G.I. 432.000 The latest version
G.I. 475.001 Blasting Near Existing facilities.
G.I. 1321.015 Requirements for a Medical Evacuation.
G.I. 1780.001 Atmosphere-Supplying Respirators.
G.I. 1781.001 Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment.
G.I. 1850.001 Onshore Contingency Plan.
G.I. 1851.001 Offshore Contingency Plan.
G.I. 1852.001 Rig site Flare Gun and Communication Equipment.
G.I. 1853.001 Isolation Barriers for Wells During D&WO Operations (With and Without Rig)
Rig and Equipment Operations and Maintenance Manuals for the Drilling Rig
Manufacturers and Other Major Equipment Items.

IADC International Association of Drilling Contractors, Accident Prevention.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 14 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-2/RM/Continued

IADC Drilling Manual.


NACE MR0175 Metals for Sulfide Stress Cracking and Stress Corrosion Cracking Resistance
in Sour Oilfield Environments.
MARPOL International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships. The
latest version.
MODU Code Applicable to the MODU. The latest version.
PVIC Pressure Vessel Inspection Code. Safe Practices in Drilling Operations.
SAES-A-007 The latest version
SAES-A-103 Discharges to the Marine Environment
SAES-A-105 Noise Control
SAES-B-019 Portable, Mobile and Special Fixed Firefighting Equipment.
SAES-B-062 Onshore Well site Safety
SAES-B-063 Aviation Obstruction Marking and Lighting
SAES-B-067 Safety Identification and Safety Colors Coding
SAES-B-068 Electrical Area Classification
SAES-B-069 Emergency Eyewashes and Showers
SAES-J-505 Combustible Gas and Hydrogen Sulphide in Air Detection Systems
SAES-P-111 Grounding
SAES-W-010 Welding Requirements for Pressure Vessels
12-SAMSS-023 Fiber-Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Grating and FRP Components
SAES-A-104 Wastewater Treatment, Reuse and Disposal
SOLAS The latest version
SA-CSH Saudi Aramco Crane Safety Handbook, the latest version
SA-CM Saudi Aramco Construction Safety Manual, the latest version
SA-D&WO-DM Saudi Aramco D&WO Drilling Manual, the latest revision
SA-LBRTC Saudi Aramco Land Based Remote Travel Control (Supplement to G.I. 6.025),
the latest version
SA MIM Saudi Aramco Marine Instruction Manual. The latest version
Contract Schedule “D” Contractor’s Safety and Loss Prevention Requirements, the latest version.
SASC The latest version
MARPOL Current Revision
RAUCF/MMSRM Remote Area Urgent Care Facilities/Minimum Medical Standards
Requirements Manual. The latest version

Note: Assistance in obtaining copies of SA documents is provided by the Dhahran area Loss Prevention
Division. SA cannot copy or distribute non-SA documents such as ANSI, API or IADC copyrighted
documents.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 15 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-3

General
Safety Rules

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 16 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-3 / General Safety Rules (GSR)
The following rules are to protect you and your fellow workers. Violation of the rules may lead to
disciplinary action. This procedure applies to; Saudi Aramco D&WO, Contractor and Service
Companies.

1. All work related injuries/illness or vehicle collisions, no matter how slight, shall be reported immediately to
your supervisor.

2. All fires, spills and releases, no matter how small, shall be reported immediately to your supervisor.

3. Immediately report any unsafe condition, practice, near miss or incident to your supervisor.

4. Horseplay, practical jokes or fighting, including initiations, are safety violations. Supervisors allowing these
acts as well as the violators are subject to disciplinary action.

5. All personnel (drivers and passengers) shall wear seat belts at all times.

6. Smoking is only allowed in designated smoking areas.

7. Identify risks and hazards associated with tasks before beginning work or if the location or conditions should
change.

8. A SWAP (SAR Rigs) or PTW (Contractor Rigs) shall be raised before a safety device is removed from
service and/or defeated, the appropriate supervisor and affected parties shall be notified, the device shall be
tagged and the action documented.

9. The SA Liaisonman shall be kept informed of all ongoing operations. No work may be carried out on SA
property without the written consent of the SA Liaisonman.

10. The unauthorized removal of isolations or the operation of equipment having a “Danger Do Not Operate”
tag is prohibited.

11. Before operating any machinery or switch gear, all safe guards, switches and alarms shall be in place and
functional.

12. All block valves on pressure relief systems in service shall be locked or sealed open.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 17 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-3/GSR/Continued

13. Finger rings and other jewelry along with loose fitting clothing, long hair (head and facial) and other loose
accessories shall not be worn while working on rig locations.

14. Do not apply compressed air, other gases or high pressure wash-down guns to yourselves or others.

15. Climbing up and down ladders requires the use of both hands. Traveling up and down stairs requires the
use of handrails.

16. When descending ladders, the employee must always face the ladder.

17. Running in work areas is prohibited.

18. Use the correct tool for the task, all tools and equipment must be well maintained. Homemade tools are
prohibited.

19. Erect barricades/flagging around areas of hazardous work, such as holes in decking and work areas,
trenches, road crossings and overhead hazardous work.

20. Climbing or standing on equipment, piping or valves to do work is prohibited. Approved scaffolding, work
platforms, personnel lifts or ladders with full body safety harnesses shall be used.

21. All fire extinguishers and other emergency equipment shall be in good condition, inspected regularly and kept
clear of any obstructions. Accidental discharge or use of firefighting equipment must be reported to the
supervisor immediately.

22. All chemical or hazardous material containers shall be properly labeled and stored. Drums shall be stored in
secondary containment area.

23. Proper manual lifting techniques must be used at all times. If you think a load is too heavy, ask your
supervisor for help or employ a mechanical lifting device.

24. Safety eyewear, hard hats, gloves and safety footwear are mandatory. Metallic hard hats are prohibited.

25. Safety goggles and a full-face shield must be worn when chipping, grinding or when performing any job
where flying particles pose a potential for eye injury.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 18 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-3/GSR/Continued

26. When handling or mixing chemicals, chemical gloves, goggles, apron and appropriate respirator must be
used (reference the MSDS) In addition, when mixing caustic, a full-face shield and goggles are required.

Note: Anytime a face shield is required, goggles shall also be worn.

27. Hearing protection must be worn when entering high noise areas 85dB or higher.

28. The use or possession of illegal drugs, intoxicating beverages or firearms is forbidden on SA locations.

29. All personnel have the authority to Stop Work if you observe; any defective equipment, machinery,
hazardous condition or unsafe work practice and immediately report the hazardous condition or work practice
to your supervisor. No further activity shall be conducted until a safe working environment exists.

30. No one should ever work or walk under a suspended load.

31. Full body safety harnesses with properly secured lanyards must be worn when working at heights above 6
feet (1.8 meters).

32. Riding the elevators and cathead lines is not permitted.

33. The use of one tong and the rotary to trip pipe is prohibited.

34. All personnel shall attend weekly safety meetings and participation in emergency drills, pre-tour and pre-job
safety meetings.

35. Anyone taking prescription drugs must report this to the Rig Medic when arriving on the rig.

36. Hair should be neat and cleanly trimmed, no longer than over the collar. Facial hair that might inhibit the seal
of a respirator is not permitted.

37. A “tail rope” must be used when moving pipe, tubing, etc., in from the V-door.

38. All personnel arriving to the rig location must report to the person in charge (PIC) for orientation.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 19 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-3/GSR/Continued

39. Non-approved electrical/electronic devices (e.g., cellular phones, pagers, and instruments) shall not be used
in classified areas unless properly permitted.

40. Maintain good housekeeping in your work area at all times.

41. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

42. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 20 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-4

Rig Operators
Responsibilities
for
Loss Prevention

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 21 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-4 / Rig Operators Responsibilities for Loss Prevention (ROR)
This procedure applies to Contractor and Service Companies.

1. Throughout all phases of any drilling or workover operation the Rig Operator shall be held accountable for
the prevention of accidental losses, the protection of Company interests and resources, and the avoidance of
any contamination of the environment.

2. The following minimum guidelines are provided to aid the Rig Operator in meeting this responsibility.
Assistance in complying with the requirements set forth in these guidelines is available from D&WO
Management, DOE&CD or from the Loss Prevention Department of the Company.

3. The Rig Operator shall establish a written loss prevention program that fulfills all the requirements stated in
this Manual including permit to work system for Rig Operator and all third party rig ups.

4. Any loss prevention program of the Rig Operator shall provide for frequent and regular inspections of the rig
equipment, materials, and accommodations by competent persons designated by the Rig Operator. This
inspection shall be completed on a Quarterly basis and submitted to the Company Drilling Superintendent
with responsibility for the oversight of each rig.

5. The Rig Operator shall provide at each D&WO rig a copy of the reference materials (Refer to HSERM/A/A-
2/RM) necessary for the safe operation of the rig.

6. The Rig Operator is responsible to ensure that all personnel arriving on location register and receive a
thorough safety and H2S orientation.

7. The Rig Operator shall be thoroughly familiar with the drilling or workover program. He shall inform the rig
crew of any potential adverse conditions (i.e., lost circulation zones, high reservoir pressure, high H2S
concentrations, etc.) that require special safety precautions, training, equipment or additional personnel.

8. The Rig Operator shall clearly indicate the "Smoking Permitted" areas around each rig location. All other
areas on the location shall be considered as "No Smoking" areas and shall be marked accordingly.
Smoking shall be closely controlled throughout the rig location.

9. The Rig Operator shall take all reasonable safety precautions to prevent oil spills or pollution both onshore
and offshore. If an accidental spill or discharge does occur, every effort shall be made to (a) protect human
life, including both employees and the public, and (b) minimize the impact on the environment. Should an
accidental spill occur, it shall be reported immediately to the Company representative so that he can take the
necessary steps to contain the spill and implement the applicable reporting requirements of General
Instruction (G.I.); G.I. 2.104, G.I. 2.400, or G.I. 2.401.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 22 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-4/ROR/Continued

10. The Rig Operator shall adequately train each of his employees in the recognition and avoidance of unsafe
conditions and in all Company loss prevention standards applicable to his work environment. He shall also
adequately train his employees in methods to control or eliminate any hazards or other exposures resulting in
injury or illness (hazard recognition program).

11. The Rig Operator shall implement a HAZCOM Program, to ensure that employees, who are required to
handle or use poisons, caustics, acids and other harmful substances, shall be adequately trained regarding
their safe handling and use. The Rig Operator's supervisors shall discuss the potential hazards, personal
hygiene, and necessary personal protective equipment prior to their employees handling any harmful
materials. The Rig Operator shall maintain water stations for washing chemicals spills and Material Safety
Data Sheets (MSDS) for all potentially hazardous chemicals the Rig Operator orders onto the rig.

Note:

A. SA shall supply MSDSs for materials SA orders.

B. All MSDSs shall be kept and maintained at each Chemical/Hazardous material storage area in both
Arabic and English as a minimum.

12. The Rig Operator shall allow only those personnel qualified by training and/or experience to operate
equipment and machinery. The Rig Operator shall also ensure that any personnel requiring operator's
certificates have them, or copies thereof, in their possession and have completed any training that may be
required by the laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia or by the Company. Each rig shall maintain a rig specific
training matrix that shall be updated and submitted to the DOE&CD monthly.

13. Rig Operator’s providing offshore rigs shall ensure that their rigs are kept in compliance with all applicable
maritime/MODU standards of the country in which the rig is registered as well as any applicable laws and
regulations of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia or the Company.

14. A Rig Operator providing offshore rigs shall ensure that all required (Marine and Vessel Flag State)
certifications are current and that re-certification inspections are completed by an approved certification
authority prior to the expiration of the existing certificate.

15. On all offshore rigs, a copy of the Barge Marine Operations Manual shall be kept readily available in the
control room for consultation and use. The manual shall include a complete set of operating instructions,
control systems diagrams, and stability characteristics.

16. Any special or unusual towing characteristics of an offshore rig shall be included in the operating instructions
and communicated to the towing vessel operators before towing operations begin.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 23 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-4/ROR/Continued

17. A Rig Operator providing offshore rigs shall ensure that all navigation and transit lights are operable and
used as required by International Rules and Regulations for Aids to Navigation.

18. Should a conflict arise between a Rig Operator’s safety requirement and a Company requirement, the most
stringent requirement shall apply.

19. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

20. References:

A. HSERM/A/A-2/RM

B. G.I. 2.104 - Leak and Spill Reporting - Arabian Gulf.

C. G.I. 2.400 - Offshore Oil (Spill) Contingency Plan.

D. G.I. 2.401- Inland Oil Spill Contingency Plan.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 24 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-5

Competency
and
Training

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 25 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5 / Competency and Training (C&T)
SA personnel and SA Supplemental Manpower (SMP) shall meet the minimum requirements as specified in
the D&WO Training Matrix (the D&WO Training Matrix can be accessed through the DIH and HRT&CDD
web sites), current version.

Note: Reference; D&WO SMS Element No.4 (Competency and Training).

The following are the minimum acceptable standards of training for Contractors, for each job position at the rig
site. Individual contractors may require more stringent training/qualifications (Refer to HSERM/A/A-
5/C&T/Appendix No.1/D&WO “Contractor” Training Matrix).

Note: Contractor definition - A person or an organization providing services to SA at SA facilities/worksites in


accordance with agreed specifications, terms and conditions. This does not include SMPs working directly for
SA.

1. Management of Major Emergencies (MOME)

MOME training program provides practical hands-on experience for managing unanticipated events.
Personnel who are in charge shall undergo MOME training.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): OIM and NTP.


Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 5 Years

2. Fast Rescue Craft Training (FRC)

This training can be completed at any OPITO approved school. Certificates of competency shall be
maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): Four (4) personnel aboard at all times, as identified on the Station Bill.
Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 2 Years

3. Marine License

Training required by a regulatory body, training required to obtain and maintain a marine license or training
required by the vessel’s flag state. See Flag requirements for guidance as to where the training is to be
completed.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): OIM and Barge Engineer.


Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 5 Years

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 26 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

4. Lifeboat Coxswain

Training required by a regulatory body (SOLAS), training required to obtain and maintain a marine license or
training required by the vessel’s flag state. See Flag requirements for guidance as to where the training is to
be completed.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): Two (2) Coxswains per Lifeboat, as identified on the Station Bill
(Mechanic and Electrician).
Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 2 Years

5. GMDSS Training

Training required by a regulatory body, training required to obtain and maintain a marine license or training
required by the vessel’s flag state. See Flag requirements for guidance as to where the training is to be
completed.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): Radio Operator.


Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 5 Years

6. Stability

Training required by a regulatory body, training required to obtain and maintain a marine license or training
required by the vessel’s flag state. See Flag requirements for guidance as to where the training is to be
completed.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): OIM and Barge Engineer (if BE or Rig Mover OIM while Floating).
Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 5 Years

7. HLO, Helicopter Landing Officer

This training can be completed at any OPITO approved school or an Aramco Aviation approved school.
Certificates of competency shall be maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): There shall be one (1) certified competent HLO aboard at all times.
Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 2 Years OPITO or 3 years Aramco Aviation approved school.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 27 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

8. Helideck Crew

This training is to be completed at an OPITO approved school or an Aramco Aviation approved school.
Competency must be verified through experience and qualification. Certificates of competency shall be
maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): There shall be four (4) certified competent helideck crew aboard at all
times, as identified on the Station Bill.
Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 2 Years OPITO or 3 years Aramco Aviation approved school.

9. HUET, Helicopter Underwater Escape Training

This training can be completed through the SA School in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) or through an
OPITO approved school or an SA approved school.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel on-board.


Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 3 Years

10. ABS Welder

Each MODU welder shall be tested by an ABS approved examiner. ABS log book shall be maintained at the
rig location.

Each land rig welder shall be deemed competent by a 3rd party accreditation Society; all certifications shall
be current and valid.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): Welder.


Training Provider: ABS approved examiner/Third Party.
Valid for: 5 Years.

11. Davit Launched Life-Raft Training

This training shall be completed at the rig site; this training shall be Rig specific covering the specific
equipment at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel on-board.


Training Provider: In-House.
Valid for: No expiration.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 28 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

12. Emergency Response Leader

Onshore Senior personnel shall be trained to adequately respond in an emergency, this training shall follow
both the contractor emergency response procedures and SA emergency response procedures. This training
shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): TP and NTP.


Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 5 Years.

13. SA Fork Lift Operator Test

The “SA/Contractor Request for Heavy Equipment Operator Certification Test” application form (SA
9647) shall be submitted to ITD for each heavy equipment operator being tested.
In addition to the form, the heavy equipment operator applicant shall provide copies of:

A. SA USER sponsoring letter (for contractors only).

B. SA ID (if required).

C. Saudi Arabian Government (SAG) Public Driver’s License or SAG Heavy Equipment Operator License (if
required) with specific equipment stamp.

D. SA 9663 - SA/Contractor’s Medical Examination for Heavy Equipment Operators “Physician’s


Examination Form” – Completed, signed and stamped.

E. Two (2) recent photographs for each certification application.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All Forklift Operators.


Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 3 Years.

Note: Expat Forklift Operators aboard a MODU holding a valid home country certificate shall be exempt from
the above requirement.

14. SA Crane Operators Test

Note: Expat MODU crane operators are exempt, G.I.7.024.

The “SA/Contractor Request for Heavy Equipment Operator Certification Test” application form (SA
9647) shall be submitted to ITD for each heavy equipment operator being tested. In addition to the form,
the heavy equipment operator applicant shall provide copies of:

A. SA USER sponsoring letter (for contractors only).

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 29 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

B. SA ID (if required).

C. Saudi Arabian Government (SAG) Public Driver’s License or SAG heavy Equipment Operator License (if
required) with specific equipment stamp.

D. Two (2) recent photographs for each certification application.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All Crane Operators.


Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 3 Years.

Note: Expat Crane Operators aboard a MODU holding a valid home country certificate shall be exempt from
the above requirement.

15. Crane Operators Medical Examination SA 9663

SA/Contractor’s Medical Examination for Heavy Equipment Operators “Physician’s Examination Form” –
completed, signed, and stamped.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel requiring a SA License.


Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 3 Years.

16. Gas Tester

Gas testing is required in all locations where injury to personnel or damage to property could occur due to the
presence of combustible gases, toxic gases, or oxygen enriched/deficient atmospheres. An adequate
number of competent personnel must be maintained at each rig location, it is recommended that the rig
maintain at least 2 competent persons per tour. Competency shall be demonstrated through; experience,
theoretical and practical examination. Certificates of competency shall be maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): Two (2) persons per tour.


Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: 2 Years.

Note: A current list of all competent Gas Testers shall be maintained at the PTW issuing center

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 30 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

17. Confined Space Entry Inspection

A physical inspection is required in all locations where injury to personnel could occur due to the nature of
confined space work as well as considering the presence of combustible gases, toxic gases, or oxygen
enriched/deficient atmospheres, the physical condition of the work area must be considered, particular
attention must be paid to rescue procedures in given confined space work areas. An adequate number of
competent personnel trained in confined space entry inspection (this training shall include gas testing) must
be maintained at each rig location, it is recommended that the rig maintain at least 2 competent persons per
tour. Competency shall be demonstrated through; experience, theoretical and practical examination.
Certificates of competency shall be maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): Two (2) persons per tour.


Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: 3 Years.

Note: A current list of all competent Confined Space Entry Inspectors shall be maintained at the PTW issuing
center.

18. Fire Fighting Team Leader

This training shall be completed at an external OPITO approved school or an Aramco approved school.
Certificates of competency shall be maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): Fire Team leaders as identified on the Station Bill. Two (2) persons per
tour.
Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 2 Years

19. Well Control

Well control training shall be completed at an IADC approved school. Certificates of competency shall be
maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): As per SA D&WO Well Control Manual (SAWCM).


Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 2 Years.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 31 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

20. First Aid CPR

This training shall be administered by an approved competent instructor at an external school or at the rig
location, each trainee shall demonstrate competency through practical and theoretical examination.
Certificates of competency shall be maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All rig personnel.


Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: 2 Years.

21. Fire Team Member

This training should be conducted at an OPITO approved external school. Each member of a fire team shall
be able to demonstrate competency in basic firefighting techniques and the use of first aid firefighting
appliances. Competency shall be demonstrated through; experience, theoretical and practical examination.
Certificates of competency shall be maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All Fire Team members as identified on the Station Bill.
Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 2 Years.

22. Hazcom Training

This program provides hazardous materials information and guidance on how to handle chemicals safely to
minimize incidents and reduce risks to people, production, equipment and the environment. Certificates of
competency shall be maintained at the rig location.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All rig personnel.


Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: No expiration.

23. Spill Prevention Training

This training shall include; prevention and containment of chemical spills. All personnel must have a basic
understanding of prevention, containment and the environmental impact, health and safety and legislative
impact of chemical spills. This training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All rig personnel, this training can be combined with HAZCOM training.
Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: No expiration.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 32 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

24. Respiratory Protection Training

The Rig Operator shall ensure that all respiratory protection equipment, needed by or reasonably
anticipated to be needed by his employees, is provided. Those employees required to use this equipment
must be trained in its effective use. This training shall include the following:

A. The need for respirator protection.

B. An explanation of why a particular type of respirator has been selected.

C. An explanation of the operation, capabilities and limitations of the respirator selected.

D. Fitting of face pieces.

E. Donning (putting on) and doffing (taking off) of respirators.

F. Regulations concerning respirator use.

G. Instructions in emergency procedures.

H. Maintenance, inspection, and storage of respirators.

I. Sealing and functioning of the face piece

Note: Wearing and use of emergency SCBA shall be included in the H2S Training.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel at the rig location who will be required to use respiratory
equipment in the normal course of their duties. This training shall be documented.
Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: 2 Years.

25. Confined Space Training

All entrants into a confined space must be made aware of:

A. The strict requirement for a SWAP or PTW prior to any entry or hot work.

B. The hazards of a confined space:

1) Oxygen Deficiency

2) Flammable Gas

3) Toxic Vapors

C. The strict requirement for an emergency observer.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 33 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

D. The necessity to wear a full body harness.

E. The importance of following the requirements as specified in HSERM/A/A-12/SWAP and the CSE
procedure.

F. The strict requirement for the preparation and review of a JSA.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel whom in the course of their normal duties will be expected
to enter a confined space.
Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: No expiration.

26. Lock-Out /Tag-Out (Refer to HSERM/A/A-19/LOTO)

The purpose of this training is to protect personnel from the potential releases of stored energy or the startup
of machinery or equipment that may cause injury. This specifically includes any maintenance activity where
electrical, mechanical, steam, hydraulic, pneumatic or other energy source is present. Additional hazards
may include heated, flammable, toxic, corrosive or chemical material. Employees required to perform Lock-
Out/Tag-Out procedures shall receive training in these procedures before performing the procedures. This
training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): Employees required to perform Lock-Out/Tag-Out as part of their normal
duties (Drillers, ASDs, Derrickmen, Electricians, Motormen and Mechanics).
Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: No expiration.

27. Safe Work Authorization Procedure (SWAP) for SAR Rigs and Permit to Work for Contractor Rigs

As part of each Rig Operator’s Loss Prevention Program, a work permit system shall be established based
on G.I. 2.100. (Refer to HSERM/A/A-12/SWAP). The system is intended to be applied to those jobs that
represent a potential hazard to operations, personnel or equipment. Contractors may use existing internal
forms developed as part of their loss prevention programs. Employees required to work under the SWAP or
PTW system procedures, or whose jobs may be affected by the SWAP or PTW system procedures, shall
receive training in these procedures. This training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): Employees required to work under the SWAP or PTW system
procedures, or whose jobs may be affected by the SWAP or PTW system procedures, shall receive training
in these procedures to an appropriate level (OIM, TP, NTP, BE, Driller, ASD, Derrickman, Crane Operator,
Electrician, Motorman, Mechanic and Safety Officer). This training shall be documented.
Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: No expiration.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 34 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

28. Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)

The Rig Operator shall adequately train all his personnel in the basic fundamentals of Hydrogen Sulphide
(H2S) safety. This training must include and all personnel on the rig must be able to demonstrate an
understanding of the following:

A. Characteristics of H2S and its toxicity.

B. Detection and warning systems peculiar to the location.

C. Emergency procedures consisting of:

1) Designation of safe briefing areas.

2) Wearing and use of emergency breathing equipment.

3) Evacuation procedures.

4) Rescue procedures.

5) First aid for victims.

D. Instructions in the inspection, maintenance, and use of assigned respiratory protection equipment.

E. This training MUST include drills in all these procedures so all personnel on the location can quickly and
effectively follow each of these instructions when there is an actual, life-threatening emergency.

F. All basic H2S training shall include the actual donning and breathing from each different type of breathing
apparatus in use on that particular rig. Each person must be able to don and breathe from the SCBA
within 45 seconds.

G. A training card shall be issued to each person completing the basic H2S training. This card shall remain
valid for two years, following which the person must retake the basic H2S training.

H. All personnel must be able to identify the H2S alarms.

I. All personnel must be able to identify the wind direction.

J. All personnel must be able to evacuate to the upwind safe briefing area (land rigs).

K. All personnel must be able to muster to the safe briefing area or muster station (offshore) and enter in to
the lifeboat wearing both SCBA and personal floatation device (PFD).

L. In addition to the basic skills listed above, all personnel must be able to competently perform the tasks
assigned to them in the rig specific H2S emergency plan.

M. All drilling rig crews must be able to perform Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR).

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 35 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

N. The SA Liaison-man is responsible to verify that H2S training requirements are met. This shall be done by
observing regular H2S drills and testing to verify competence in breathing apparatus use.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel on location.


Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: 2 Years.

29. Asbestos Awareness

On all rigs containing known, non-friable or friable ACM, it is the responsibility of the PIC to ensure at least
one person per hitch is trained in Asbestos Maintenance and is onboard at all times where asbestos is
known to be present. It is the responsibility of the PIC to ensure everyone assigned to the rig receives
Asbestos Awareness training. A competent person at each rig site shall provide said training. Competency
shall be demonstrated through; experience, theoretical and practical examination. Certificates of competency
shall be maintained at the rig location. It is the responsibility of the PIC to ensure everyone who visits the rig
is made aware of the presence of ACM as a part of the rig orientation process. Visitors to the rig whose job
has the potential of disturbing ACM shall be required to take the Asbestos Awareness training or show
evidence of prior asbestos awareness training.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel on location where asbestos is known to be present plus
one person per hitch trained in Asbestos Maintenance.
Training Provider: In-House.
Valid for: No expiration.

30. Hazard Recognition Program

The Rig Operator shall adequately train each of his employees in the recognition and avoidance of unsafe
conditions and in all Company loss prevention standards applicable to his work environment. He shall also
adequately train his employees in methods to control or eliminate any hazards or other exposures resulting in
injury or illness (hazard recognition program). Behavioral Based Safety programs such as “FOCUS” are an
acceptable alternative to a hazard recognition program such as “STOP.” This training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel on location.


Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: No expiration.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 36 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

31. Air Hoist Operator Training

Air hoists are powerful pieces of equipment that if misused can lead to serious incidents. Only qualified
competent personnel shall operate air hoists. Competency shall be demonstrated through; experience,
theoretical and practical examination. This training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel who in the course of their normal duties would be
expected to operate an Air Hoist (Driller, ASD, Derrickman, Crane Operator, Roughneck, Roustabout,
Mechanic, and Motorman).
Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: No expiration.

32. Fall Protection Training

Fall protection refers to the use of lifeline, harnesses, guardrails, anchors, lanyards and safety netting. One
or more of these systems may be required when working at an elevation. Workers shall be trained and
competent in the use of the “Fall Protection Plan” and the inspection and use of Fall Arrest and/or Fall
Restraint equipment prior to using it. Training shall reflect “Industry Best Practices,” with curriculum
content that meets or exceeds current international training models. This training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel who would be expected to work at height as part of their
duties; deck crew, drill crew, maintenance crew and marine crew.
Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: 2 Years.

33. Rigging and Lifting

Rigging and lifting involves the use of equipment that if misused can lead to serious incidents. Only qualified
competent personnel shall rig loads or signal cranes and forklifts. Competency shall be demonstrated
through; experience, theoretical and practical examination. This training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel who will be expected to prepare equipment or personnel
to be lifted by a powered or manual hoist (BE, Crane Operator, Roughnecks, Roustabouts and Medic).
Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: 2 Years.

Note: Reference amendments to G.I.7.024, Rigger Aramco, MODU exemptions for ABs.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 37 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued

34. Manual Handling

Many injuries are documented annually as a direct result of poor manual handling techniques. Training must
include the use of good kinetic lifting techniques. This training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel on location.


Training Provider: Third Party or In-House.
Valid for: 2 Years.

35. Rig Orientation

The Rig Operator is responsible to ensure that all personnel arriving on location; register and receive a
thorough safety and H2S orientation. This training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel on location.


Training Provider: In-House.
Valid for: Annual.

36. Scaffolding Safety

Scaffolds shall only be erected and dismantled by qualified personnel, taking into account stresses on the
scaffold, main supports, ties, etc., and all personnel must be made aware of SA and contractor procedures
relating to the erection and dismantling of scaffolding. This training shall be documented.

Persons to be trained (Minimum): All personnel who; supervise, erect and/or dismantle scaffolding and
work platforms (TP and BE).
Training Provider: Third Party.
Valid for: 2 Years.

37. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

38. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 38 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-5/C&T/Continued
Appendix No.1

This matrix is intended as guidance only; the shaded cells indicate suggested crafts to train only. Drilling contractors can
substitute personnel they deem suitably qualified or competent

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 39 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-6

Emergency Drills

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 40 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6 / Emergency Drills (ED)

To maintain a state of readiness, all D&WO rigs (Saudi Aramco and Contractor) must conduct emergency
drills on a regular defined basis. These drills provide training and familiarization to all personnel on location.

1. How to record and activate the drilling alert message:

A. Dial 862-4181, enter PIN 4181 # to update message

B. Press 2 (two) to record first message:

C. Press 1 to play message

D. Press 2 to record message

E. Press 3 to exit

F. Activate the Drilling Alert System, dial 862-4112, and enter PIN 4154

Emergency Numbers

Security: 110
Ambulance: 110 and 997
Fire: 110 or 998

Outside Aramco:
Central Area (03) 872-0110
Southern Area (03) 572-0110
Northern Area (03) 673-0110
Central Region (01) 285-0110
Western Region (02) 427-0110
Rumor Control (03) 872-4488
(03) 872-4499
Emergency Contacts:
Dhahran (03) 872-3113
(03) 876-3333
Abqaiq (03) 572-3113
(03) 572-3333
Shedgum (03) 577-1221
South Ghawar (03) 576-2900
‘Udhailiyah (03) 577-8212
Ras Tanura (03) 673-3333
Riyadh (01) 285-3113
(01) 285-3333
Jiddah (02) 427-3113
(02) 427-3333

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 41 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

2. Offshore

A. All Personnel on location must participate in drills.

B. Drills shall, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there were an actual emergency.

C. Abandon Ship Drill

Each Abandon Ship drill shall include:

1) Summoning of crew to muster stations with the alarm followed by drill announcement on the public
address or other communication system and ensuring that they are made aware of the order to
abandon ship.

2) Reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the station bill.

3) Checking that crew are suitably dressed.

4) Checking that lifejackets are correctly donned.

5) Lowering of at least one lifeboat after any necessary preparation for launching.

6) Different lifeboats shall, as far as practicable, be lowered in compliance with this requirement at
successive drills.

7) Each lifeboat shall be launched and maneuvered in the water at least once every three months during
an abandon ship drill.

8) Lowering into the water, rather than launching of a lifeboat arranged for free-fall launching, is
acceptable where free-fall launching is impracticable provided the lifeboat is free-fall launched and
maneuvered in the water at least once every six months. In cases where it is impracticable, the OIM
may extend this period to 12 months provided that arrangements are made for simulated launching
which shall take place at intervals of not more than six months.

9) Starting and operating the lifeboat engine.

10) Operation of davits used for launching life rafts.

11) A mock search and rescue of passengers trapped in their staterooms.

12) Each offshore rig shall conduct an abandon ship drill within 24 hours of a crew change. The SA
Liaisonman or OIM will decide if more frequent abandon ship drills are required to ensure adequate
response.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 42 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

13) Abandon ship Drills must include everyone aboard the rig, with the possible exception of only those
crew members absolutely essential to maintain a safe watch over the ongoing operation.

14) Abandon ship drills may be combined with fire and/or H2S drills.

15) The maximum acceptable response time for abandon ship drills must take into account the possibility
that evacuation may have to proceed in a hazardous H2S environment. Therefore, everyone aboard
the rig must be able to muster to their boat stations and enter their boats with enough time left to
lower the boats and sail to a safe upwind area before their SCBA’s run out of air. With a standard 30-
minute SCBA, everyone must be aboard their assigned boat within 12 minutes of the alarm first
sounding (this is not an instruction to board-the-boat).

16) Fully occupied lifeboats shall not be lowered into the water as part of the abandon ship drill. As of
July 1, 2006, SOLAS Chapter III Regulation 19 no longer requires that lifeboat be launched with any
crew aboard during abandon ship drill. Alternate methods of manning the lifeboats, once in the water,
should be developed for drill purposes.

17) Abandon Ship drill procedure must include the following:

a. Develop use procedures that allow launching an unmanned lifeboat.

b. Command center manned by senior rig management.

b. Immediate and repeated PA announcement “This is a Drill — This is a Drill.”

c. Two trained and competent lifeboat men assigned to each lifeboat.

d. Headcount procedure for verification/reporting (to the command center), that all persons are
accounted for.

e. Search and rescue procedure to locate all missing persons. Search and rescue procedures must
include a detailed predetermined search pattern, search pattern diagrams must be posted in the
control room, at each muster station, and at the rescue/search team station.

f. Maximum acceptable response time for all persons to report to their boat stations.

g. Verification that everyone aboard the rig is capable of entering the lifeboat and securely fastened
his seat belt while wearing both a PFD and SCBA.

h. Instruction in the use of radio life-saving appliances.

18) Each abandon ship Drill shall be documented on the International Association of Drilling Contractors
(IADC) Report, the SA Morning Report, and the approved Drill Report format.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 43 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

19) Documentation shall include the response time for all aboard to muster to their assigned boat
stations, areas for improvement and responsibility for implementation of improvements.

Frequency: Abandon Ship Drills shall be conducted once every week.

D. Rescue Boat Drill

Rescue boats (other than lifeboats which are also rescue boats), should be launched each month with
their assigned crew aboard and maneuvered in the water. In all cases this requirement shall be complied
with at least once every three months.

Frequency: Rescue Boat Drill shall be conducted once every month.

E. Fire Drill

Fire drills should be planned in such a way that due consideration is given to regular practice in the
various emergencies that may occur depending on the type of vessel and the cargo.

Each fire drill shall include:

1) Reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the station bill. Drill report should
include pump pressure procedure where known.

2) Starting of a fire pump, using at least the two required jets of water to show that the system is in
proper working order.

3) Inspection of fireman's outfit and other personal rescue equipment.

4) Inspection of relevant communication equipment.

5) Checking the operation of watertight doors, fire doors, fire dampers and main inlets and outlets of
ventilation systems in the drill area, where available.

6) Checking the necessary arrangements for subsequent abandoning of the Mobile Offshore Drilling
Unit (MODU).

7) The SA Liaisonman shall observe and time crew response during fire drills and verify that the Fire
Attack Plan and Fire Attack Teams are adequate to address the fire risk.

8) Each rig shall conduct a fire drill at least once per month. The SA Liaisonman will decide if more
frequent fire drills are required to ensure adequate response.

9) Fire drill locations shall be varied to provide practice in all Fire Attack Plans.

10) Each fire drill shall be documented on the IADC Report, the SA Morning Report and the approved
Drill Report format. Documentation shall include the location and type of drill and the response time to
assemble and begin to fight the fire.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 44 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

Frequency: Fire Drill shall be conducted once every 4 weeks.

F. Man Down (Injury) Drills

1) Each rig shall develop a Medical Evacuation (MEDEVAC) Plan that complies and coordinates with
SA G.I. 1321.015 (Request for Air Medical Evacuation). Even if an air Medevac is unlikely, G.I.
1321.015 contains other critically important procedures to ensure a rapid and effective response to a
medical emergency.

2) Each rig shall have the telephone number of the following posted in the rig clinic, the rig
office, and the radio room (if applicable, e.g., offshore rigs):

a. Nearest medical facility.

b. Contractor medical provider facility.

c. Nearest SA medical clinic.

d. SA Aviation (Offshore).

3) Each rig shall develop Man Down (Injury) Drill procedures to address and treat an immobilizing injury
occurring anywhere on the rig location.

4) As a minimum, Man-Down (Injury) Drill procedure shall address the following:

a. Prompt notification of the Medic.

b. First aid at the injury site.

c. Placing and securing the injured person in a basket stretcher.

d. Transferring the injured person to the rig clinic.

5) Each rig shall conduct a Man-Down (Injury) Drill in conjunction with the weekly H2S Rescue Drill. The
SA Liaisonman will decide if more frequent Man Down (Injury) drills are required to ensure adequate
response.

6) The SA Liaisonman shall observe and time crew response during Man Down (Injury) Drills and verify
that the procedures are adequate to provide prompt and effective treatment.

7) Each Man Down (Injury) Drill shall be documented on the IADC Report, the SA Morning Report and
the approved Drill Report format. Documentation shall include the location and type of drill and the
response time to bring the injured person to the clinic.

8) The Rig Medic shall be responsible for the training of a Stretcher Team, as a minimum the
Stretcher Team shall be competent in:

a. Immobilizing a casualty.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 45 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

b. Using the correct techniques when maneuvering a casualty in to a stretcher.

c. Identifying the appropriate type of stretcher to use.

d. Basic First Aid.

e. CPR.

Frequency: Man-Down (Injury) Drills shall be conducted once every 8 weeks.

G. Vertical Rescue Drill

1) Each rig shall conduct a Vertical Rescue Drill for example getting an immobilized injured man safely
down from the monkey board, once per year. Note: A suitably weighted dummy must be used to
simulate the injured person.

2) Each rig shall develop Vertical Rescue Drill procedures to address and treat an immobilizing injury
occurring for each reasonable scenario anywhere at height at the rig location.

3) As a minimum, Vertical Rescue Drill procedure shall address the following:

a. Prompt notification of the Medic.

b. First aid at the injury site if possible.

c. Placing and securing the injured person in a basket stretcher (appropriate rescue equipment).

d. Transferring the injured person from height to the rig clinic (during all drills, a suitably weighted
dummy must be used).

4) Each rig shall conduct a Vertical Rescue Drill at least once per year. The SA Liaisonman will decide if
more frequent Vertical Rescue Drills are required to ensure adequate response.

5) The SA Liaisonman shall observe and time crew response during Vertical Rescue Drills and verify
that the procedures are adequate to provide prompt and effective treatment.

6) Each vertical rescue drill shall be documented on the IADC Report, the SA Morning Report and the
approved Drill report format. Documentation shall include the location and type of drill and the
response time to bring the injured person to the clinic.

Frequency: Vertical Rescue Drill shall be conducted once every year.

H. Man-Overboard Drills

1) Each offshore rig shall develop Man-Overboard rescue procedures and train a sufficient number of
crewmen to effect a safe and prompt rescue.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 46 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

2) Each offshore rig shall conduct a man-overboard drill at least once per quarter. The SA Liaisonman or
OIM will decide if more frequent man overboard drills are required to ensure adequate response.

3) A suitably weighted dummy shall be used to simulate a man overboard.

4) Man overboard drills shall involve either (or both) the standby boat, when on location, or the rig’s own
rescue boat, depending upon equipment available on that specific rig.

5) If no standby boat is readily available, the rig must launch a rescue boat to retrieve the dummy.

6) Each man-overboard drill shall be documented on the IADC Report, the SA Morning Report and the
approved Drill report format. Documentation shall include the response time to rescue the man
overboard.

Frequency: Man-Overboard Drills shall be conducted once every 12 weeks.

I. Confined Space Rescue Drill

1) Each offshore rig shall develop confined space rescue procedures and train a sufficient number of
crewmen to effect a safe and prompt rescue.

2) Each rig shall conduct a confined space drill at least once every 3 months. The SA Liaisonman will
decide if more frequent confined space rescue drills are required to ensure adequate response

3) A suitably weighted dummy shall be used to simulate a casualty in a confined space.

4) A confined space rescue drill shall utilize all rescue equipment as defined in the Saudi Aramco Rig
(SAR) Safe Work Authorization Procedure (SWAP) or contractor Permit to Work (PTW), Confined
Space Entry (Refer to HSERM/A/A-21/CS).

5) For the purpose of drills, all the safety requirements shall be followed.

6) Drill shall be planned so as to familiarize the rescue teams with all reasonable confined spaces
rescue scenarios on the rig.

Frequency: Confined Space Drill shall be conducted once every 12 weeks.

J. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Release Emergency Drills

1) All personnel must be able to don breathing apparatus and breathe bottled air within 45 seconds.

2) All personnel must be able to recognize the H2S alarm and know to proceed to the safe briefing area
(SBA).

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 47 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

3) Each rig operating in a known or suspected H2S area shall conduct an H2S drill at least once per
week. The SA Liaisonman will decide if more frequent H2S drills are required to ensure adequate
response.

4) The H2S drill shall be announced by the standard siren and strobe light alarm. There must be no prior
warning of the drill.

Note: The rig PA system shall immediately and repeatedly announce:

“This is a Drill — This is a Drill”


5) H2S drill procedure shall include the following:

a. Masking up and breathing bottled air.

b. Requiring all non-essential personnel (i.e., no specific assigned tasks in the drill) muster at
designated SBA.

c. Conducting a head count or other means to account for all personnel.

d. Rescue procedures for rescuing potentially injured persons from the H2S contaminated site or
vicinity (Refer to HSERM/A/A-6/ED/2.K).

6) Each H2S drill shall be documented on the IADC Report, the SA Morning Report and the approved
Drill Report format. Documentation shall include the response time (to complete the drill).

K. H2S Rescue Drills

1) Each rig operating in a known or suspected H2S area shall conduct an H2S rescue drill as part of their
weekly H2S drill. The SA Liaisonman or PIC will decide if more frequent H2S rescue drills are required
to ensure adequate response.

2) There must be no prior warning of the drill, nor any warning whatsoever that someone is missing.
It is critically important to verify that the standard H2S drill procedure is adequate to identify who is
missing and locate and rescue them.

3) H2S Rescue Drills shall proceed as per normal H2S drills, with the following additions:

a. Contractor PIC shall assign one crew member to act as an “H2S victim” and place this individual
at an appropriate location.

b. No other crew member shall be given advance notice of either the drill or that someone may be
missing.

c. Following their normal H2S drill procedure, the rig crew must be able to identify that someone is
missing, locate the missing person, and rescue him by bringing him to the safe briefing area and
administering appropriate first aid within 7 minutes after the alarm first sounded.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 48 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

Frequency: H2S Release Emergency Drills shall be conducted once every week.

L. Pit Drills

Pit Drills simulate an actual kick while drilling ahead and is designed as both a teaching and testing tool.
Pit Drills train the Driller to be constantly aware of the fluid level in the mud pits. Pit Drills should be
supervised by the Toolpusher and coordinated through the SA Liaisonman.

1) All equipment required for Pit Drills is to be installed prior to drilling and kept in good operating
condition.

2) A multi-float pit level indicator and flow show device must be available.

3) A prearranged horn or siren signal is an essential part of the pit drill. At the signal, each
crewmember must:

a. Go immediately to his assigned post and execute his assigned duties.

b. The SA Liaisonman shall note the times required (in minutes) for various aspects of the pit drills
and record them on the approved Drill Report format.

c. The number and times for these drills should be relayed to the office via morning reports, the
Monthly HSE Monitoring Report/Scorecard and the approved Drill Report format.

4) One or more pit drills should be conducted each day until the crews become proficient, then at least
twice weekly per crew, or more often if deemed advisably by the SA Liaisonman.

5) Pit Drills shall be held at least one each day on wildcats wells and wells where above-normal bottom
hole pressure could exist.

6) New drillers shall be given special drills and thorough explanation of this practice. It is one of the most
important safety measures that can be initiated and followed.

7) Drills are to be conducted during both routine and special operations. Typical times would be
while:

a. Drilling.

b. Shut down for equipment repairs.

c. Logging.

d. Waiting on orders.

e. Circulating.

f. Or any other time there is open hole and and a Blowout Preventer (BOP) installed.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 49 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

8) Procedure

a. The Toolpusher simulates the kick by raising a float in the mud pits or by raising the arm on the
flow show indicator and making a note of the time.

b. The SA Liaisonman shall assist in observing the crew and recording completion times.

c. The Driller must detect the kick and sound alarm.

d. The time of the alarm must be noted.

e. Upon hearing the alarm, all members of the drilling crew should immediately execute their
assigned duties.

f. The Driller should prepare to shut in the well using the approved SA Shut-in Procedure While
Drilling.

g. The SA Liaisonman shall be on the rig floor to announce to the driller that the exercise is only a
drill and to stop him from actually closing the blowout preventer.

h. The time must be noted when the driller is prepared to shut in the well.

i. Members of the drilling crew must report back to the rig floor having completed their
assigned duties. These duties may include:

1. Driller

Shut in the well (simulated). Record drill pipe, pressure and casing pressure, Record time,
Measure pit gain, check choke manifold for valve positioning and leaks.

2. Derrickman/ Barge Engineer

Weigh sample of mud from suction pit, check volumes of barite, gel and water on location.

3. Assistant Driller (AD)

Check accumulator pressures and pumps. Check BOP stack for leaks and proper valve
positions, turn on water jets to diesel exhausts.

4. Floor Hand No.1 and 2

Assist Driller on rig floor.

5. Floor Hand No.3

Assist Derrickman on mud pits.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 50 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

Frequency: One or more pit drills should be conducted each day until the crews become proficient, then
at least twice weekly per crew, or more often if deemed advisably by the SA Liaisonman.

M. Trip Drills

1) The trip drill is designed to train the drilling crew to recognize and respond to kick indications which
occur while tripping pipe. The trip drill is useful for both teaching and testing purposes.

2) The trip drill is supervised by the Toolpusher with the knowledge of the SA Liaisonman.

3) All parts of the well control system must be kept hooked up and in good condition, ready for drills.

4) When a new rig is picked-up, trip drills should be conducted during each trip (both while pulling out
and going into the hole) while the bit is up in the casing. When the crew becomes proficient, trip drills
shall be conducted at least twice weekly per crew, conditions allowing.

5) Procedure

a. The Toolpusher simulates the kick by raising a float in the trip tank and making a note of the time.

b. The SA Liaisonman shall assist in observing the crew and recording completion times.

c. The Driller must detect the kick and sound the alarm.

d. The time of the alarm shall be noted.

e. Upon hearing the alarm, all members of the drilling crew shall immediately execute their assigned
duties.

f. The Driller must prepare to shut in the well using the approved SA Shut-in Procedure While
Tripping. This shall include spacing out and stabbing/closing the full open safety valve.

g. After the safety valve is installed and the Driller is ready to close the preventers, the SA
Liaisonman shall announce to the Driller that the exercise is only a drill and that it is not necessary
to close the preventers.

h. The time shall be noted when the driller is prepared to shut-in the well.

i. Members of the drilling crew should proceed with their assigned duties and report back to
the rig floor upon completion. These duties may include:

1. Driller

Shut in the well (simulated), Record drill pipe and casing pressure, record time, Measure pit
gain, Check choke manifold for valve positioning and leaks.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 51 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

2. Derrickman/Barge Engineer

Weigh sample of mud from suction pit, Check volumes of barite, gel and water.

3. Assistant Driller

Check accumulator pressures and pumps, Check BOP stack for leaks, turn on water jets to
diesel exhausts.

4. Floor Hand No.1 and 2

Stab safety valve. Close safety valve Stab inside BOP. Open safety valve, Assist Driller on rig
floor.

5. Floor Hand No.3

Assist Derrickman on mud pits.

Frequency: Trip drills should be conducted during each trip (both while pulling out and going into the
hole) while the bit is up in the casing. When the crew becomes proficient, trip drills should be
conducted at least twice weekly per crew, conditions allowing.

N. Accumulator Drill/Test

Accumulator drill/test is designed to verify that the accumulator/closing system is in good working order
and that it is properly sized for the particular blowout preventer stack. Accumulator performance must be
proven with an accumulator drill when the BOPs are first installed (which verifies proper sizing), and
every 14 days on a gas well and 21 days on an oil well. Thereafter in accordance with the Saudi Aramco
Well Control Manual (SAWCM).

1) Results of the accumulator drill, including closing times of the rams and annular preventer, and initial
final accumulator pressures are to be reported on the BOP Test and Equipment Checklist.

2) A notation should also be made on the tour report that an accumulator drill was conducted.

3) Accumulator drills must be conducted when the drill pipe is not in open hole, but up in the casing.

4) At least one joint of drill pipe must be in the hole for the pipe rams to close on.

5) The SA Liaisonman and Toolpusher should witness all accumulator drills, but the Toolpusher is
responsible for the actual supervision of the drill.

6) Use the remote station to close the preventers every other drill.

7) Procedure

a. Turn off all accumulator-pressurizing pumps.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 52 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

b. Record the initial accumulator, manifold and annular pressures.

c. Close all of the preventers (Except the Blind Rams). Substitute a reopening of a pipe ram to
simulate the blind ram closure when applicable.

d. Open the Hydraulic Control Relief (HCR) valve.

e. Measure and record the closing times for each preventer with a stopwatch.

f. Record the final accumulator, manifold and annular pressures.

g. To pass the accumulator test, all BOPs must have closed in less than 30 seconds with at least:
1500 psi accumulator pressure remaining (for a 3000 psi accumulator).

Note: Equipment that does not meet these requirements either has insufficient capacity, insufficient
pre-charge or needs repair. Closing time for annular preventers 20" and larger should not
exceed 45 seconds.

h. Observe the remaining pressure for at least 5 minutes to detect any possible ram piston seal
leaks.

i. Reopen the BOP and turn the accumulator pump(s) back on.

j. Record the time required to charge the system backup (recharge time).

Frequency: Accumulator performance must be proven with an accumulator drill/test when the BOPs are
first installed (which verifies proper sizing), and every 14 days on a gas well and 21 days on
an oil well. Thereafter in accordance with the SAWCM.

O. Annual Emergency Drills

1) D&WO shall conduct an annual “Primary” rig emergency drill as per G.I. 1851.001, to better prepare
for unexpected well disaster when they occur. One MODU from each drilling department (where
applicable) and one MODU from workover shall be selected annually to participate.

2) This drill shall be coordinated with the disaster plan drill of Northern area Producing, Marine
Department and other operating organizations so that all parties shall become familiar with the
respective responsibilities and response plans.

3) By conducting joint drills, the response time to activate the disaster plans for a blowout will decrease,
resulting in rapid control of the well. This Primary drill shall require full mobilization of equipment and
personnel.

4) D&WO shall also conduct annual “Secondary” rig emergency drills with each MODU. The
“Secondary” drills shall evaluate readiness to respond to a major incident and shall require minimal
mobilization of equipment and personnel.

Frequency: Once per year.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 53 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

P. Oil Spill Equipment Clean-up Drill

1) Oil spill drills shall include instructions for the use and proper deployment of oil containment and
recovery and/or oil dispersing equipment.

2) These drills shall be held at least once every six months unless the equipment has been used during
the intervening period.

3) The format and scope of such a drill shall be formulated by the Regional Oil Spill Response
Coordinators (ROSRCs) and approved as necessary by the ROSRC Members.

4) At least once in every two years, the drill shall be integrated with an offshore Primary drill to evaluate
the coordination and response.

Note: The equipment used during drills shall immediately be brought back to its fully operational
condition and any faults and defects discovered during the drills shall be remedied as soon as
possible.

Frequency: Twice per year.

3. Onshore

A. All Personnel on location must participate in drills.

B. Drills shall, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there were an actual emergency.

C. All drills shall be documented on the IADC Report, the D&WO Morning Report and the approved Drill
Report format.

D. Fire Drill

Fire drills should be planned in such a way that due consideration is given to regular practice in the
various emergencies that may occur depending on the type of operations ongoing.

Each fire drill shall include:

1) Reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the station bill.

2) Starting of a fire pump, using at least the two required jets of water to show that the system is in
proper working order. Record the EFWP pressure and nozzle pressure if known.

3) Inspection of fireman's outfit and other personal rescue equipment, for correct use and donning.

4) Inspection of relevant communication equipment, for operability.

5) Checking the operation of watertight doors, fire doors, fire dampers and main inlets and outlets of
ventilation systems in the drill area, where applicable.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 54 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

6) Checking the necessary arrangements for subsequent evacuation of the drilling rig.

7) The SA Liaisonman shall observe and time drill crew response.

8) Each rig shall conduct a fire drill at least once per month. The SA Liaisonman will decide if more
frequent fire drills are required to ensure adequate response.

9) Fire drill locations shall be varied to provide practice in all Fire Attack Plans. The Fire Attack Plans
shall be referenced.

10) The SA Liaisonman shall observe and time crew response during fire drills and verify that the Fire
Attack Plan and Fire Attack Teams are adequate to address the fire risk.

11) Each fire drill shall be documented on the IADC Report, the SA Morning Report and the approved
Drill Report format. Documentation shall include the location and type of drill and the response time to
assemble and begin to fight the fire, areas of improvement with concise instruction for improvement
with clear responsibility for the implementation of improvement.

Frequency: Fire Drill shall be conducted once every 4 weeks.

E. Man Lost - Search/Rescue Drill

1) Confirm that a man is actually lost

a. Reference the D&WO ERP Manual section 6.11 Man Lost – Search and Rescue.

b. Each rig shall develop a viable search and rescue plan in accordance with D&WO ERP Manual
section 6.11 Man Lost – Search and Rescue.

c. The established Search Plan should be referenced for all search and rescue drills.

Frequency: Man-Lost - Search Rescue Drills shall be conducted annually as a minimum, the D&WO
Liaisonman may require that more frequent drills are required.

F. Man-Down (Injury) Drills

1) Each rig shall develop a Medical Evacuation (MEDEVAC) Plan that complies and coordinates with
SA G.I. 1321.015 (Request for Air Medical Evacuation). Even if an air Medevac is unlikely, G.I.
1321.015 contains other critically important procedures to ensure a rapid and effective response to a
medical emergency.

2) Each rig shall have the telephone number of the following posted in the rig clinic, the rig
office, and the rig clerk’s office:

a. Nearest medical facility.

b. Nearest SA medical clinic.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 55 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

c. SA Aviation.

3) Each rig shall develop Man Down (Injury) Drill procedures to address and treat an immobilizing injury
occurring anywhere on the rig location, including an immobilized injured man at height.

4) As a minimum, Man-Down (Injury) Drill procedure shall address the following:

a. Prompt notification of the Medic.

b. First aid at the injury site.

c. Placing and securing the injured person in a basket stretcher.

d. Transferring the injured person to the rig clinic.

5) Each rig shall conduct a Man-Down (Injury) Drill at least once per quarter. The SA Liaisonman will
decide if more frequent Man Down (Injury) drills are required to ensure adequate response.

6) The SA Liaisonman shall observe and time crew response during Man Down (Injury) Drills and verify
that the procedures are adequate to provide prompt and effective treatment.

7) Each Man Down (Injury) Drill shall be documented on the IADC Report, the SA Morning Report and
the approved Drill Report format. Documentation shall include the location and type of drill and the
response time to bring the injured person to the clinic.

8) The Rig Medic shall be responsible for the training of a Stretcher Team, as a minimum the
Stretcher Team shall be competent in:

a. Immobilizing a casualty.

b. Using the correct techniques when maneuvering a casualty in to a stretcher.

c. Identifying the appropriate type of stretcher to use.

d. Basic First Aid.

e. CPR.

Frequency: Man-Down (Injury) Drills shall be conducted once every 8 weeks.

G. Vertical Rescue Drill

1) Each rig shall conduct a Vertical Rescue Drill for example getting an immobilized injured man safely
down from the monkey board, once per year. Note: A suitably weighted dummy must be used to
simulate the injured person.

2) Each rig shall develop Vertical Rescue Drill procedures to address and treat an immobilizing injury
occurring for each reasonable scenario anywhere at height at the rig location.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 56 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

3) As a minimum, Vertical Rescue Drill procedure shall address the following:

a. Prompt notification of the Medic.

b. First aid at the injury site if possible.

c. Placing and securing the injured person in a basket stretcher (appropriate rescue equipment).

d. Transferring the injured person from height to the rig clinic (during all drills, a suitably weighted
dummy must be used).

4) Each rig shall conduct a Vertical Rescue Drill at least once per year. The SA Liaisonman will decide if
more frequent Vertical Rescue Drills are required to ensure adequate response.

5) The SA Liaisonman shall observe and time crew response during Vertical Rescue Drills and verify
that the procedures are adequate to provide prompt and effective treatment.

6) Each vertical rescue drill shall be documented on the IADC Report, the SA Morning Report and the
approved Drill report format. Documentation shall include the location and type of drill and the
response time to bring the injured person to the clinic.

Frequency: Vertical Rescue Drill shall be conducted once every year

H. Confined Space Rescue Drill

1) Each onshore rig shall develop confined space rescue procedures and train a sufficient number of
crewmen to effect a safe and prompt rescue.

2) Each onshore rig shall conduct a confined space drill at least once every 3 months. The SA
Liaisonman will decide if more frequent confined space rescue drills are required to ensure adequate
response.

3) A suitably weighted dummy shall be used to simulate a casualty in a confined space.

4) A confined space rescue drill shall utilize all rescue equipment as defined in the SAR Safe Work
Authorization Procedure (SWAP) or Contractor Permit to Work (PTW), Confined Space Entry process
(Refer to HSERM/A/A-21/CS).

5) For the purpose of drills, all the safety requirements shall be followed.

6) Drill shall be planned so as to familiarize the rescue teams with all confined spaces on the rig.

Frequency: Confined Space Rescue Drill shall be conducted once every 12 weeks.

I. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Release Emergency Drills

1) Every person must be able to don breathing apparatus and breathe bottled air within 45 seconds.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 57 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

2) Every person who may be required to work on a land rig must be able to don breathing apparatus and
breathe bottled air within 45 seconds.

3) All known persons working near a land rig must be able to recognize the H2S alarm and know to
proceed to the safe briefing area.

4) Each crew of each rig operating in a known or suspected H2S area shall conduct an H2S drill at least
once per week. The SA Liaisonman will decide if more frequent H2S drills are required to ensure
adequate response.

5) The H2S drill shall be announced by the standard siren and strobe light alarm. There must be no prior
warning of the drill.

Note: The rig PA system shall immediately and repeatedly announce:

“This is a Drill — This is a Drill”


6) H2S drill procedure shall include the following:

a. Masking up and breathing bottled air for those crew members whose assigned tasks require
breathing apparatus.

b. Requiring all non-essential personnel (i.e., no specific assigned tasks as per the Station Bill)
muster at upwind safe briefing area (land rigs).

c. Conducting a head count or other means to account for all personnel.

d. Rescuing procedures for rescuing potentially injured persons from the H2S contaminated site or
vicinity (Refer to HSERM/A/A-6/ED).

e. Following the drill, the contractor PIC and the SA Liaisonman shall randomly select (non-
essential) crew members mustered at the safe briefing area and verify that they know how to don
and breathe from breathing apparatus.

7) Each H2S drill shall be documented on the IADC Report, the SA Morning Report and the approved
Drill Report format. Documentation shall include the response time (to complete the drill).

Frequency: Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Release Emergency Drills shall be conducted once every week.

J. H2S Rescue Drills

1) Each crew of each rig operating in a known or suspected H2S area shall conduct an H2S rescue drill
at least once per month (as part of their weekly H2S drill). The SA Liaisonman or Contractor PIC will
decide if more frequent H2S rescue drills are required to ensure adequate response.

2) There must be no prior warning of the drill, nor any warning whatsoever that someone is missing.
It is critically important to verify that the standard H2S drill procedure is adequate to identify who is
missing and locate and rescue him.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 58 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

3) H2S Rescue Drills shall proceed as per normal H2S drills, with the following additions:

a. Contractor PIC shall assign one crew member to act as an “H2S victim” and place this individual
at an appropriate location.

b. No other crew member shall be given advance notice of either the drill or that someone may be
missing.

c. Following their normal H2S drill procedure, the rig crew must be able to identify that someone is
missing, locate the missing person, and rescue him by bringing him to the safe briefing area and
administering appropriate first aid within 7 minutes of the initial alarm sounding.

Frequency: H2S Rescue Drill shall be conducted once every 4 weeks.

K. Well Control Drills

Shutting-in the well quickly to minimize the size of the influx is a major element of successful well control.
Drilling crews can only get proficient in this action through training and practice. The SA Liaisonman
should ensure that the Toolpusher administers training in the areas of kick detection and shut-in
procedures until proficiency is demonstrated. The training must be repetitive and frequent enough so that
shutting-in the well becomes automatic whenever a kick is detected.

L. Pit Drills

The pit drill is designed to simulate an actual kick while drilling ahead and is designed as both a teaching
and testing tool. Pit drills train the Driller to be constantly aware of the fluid level in the mud pits. Pit drills
should be supervised by the Toolpusher and coordinated through the SA Liaisonman.

1) All equipment required for pit drills is to be installed prior to drilling and kept in good operating
condition.

2) A multi-float pit level indicator and flow show device must be available.

3) A prearranged horn or siren signal is an essential part of the pit drill. At the signal, each
crewmember must:

a. Go immediately to his assigned post and execute his assigned duties.

b. The SA Liaisonman shall note the times required (in minutes) for various aspects of the pit drills
and record them on the tour report.

c. The number and times for these drills should be relayed to the office via morning reports and the
Monthly HSE Monitoring Report/Scorecard.

4) One or more pit drills should be conducted each day until the crews become proficient, then at least
twice weekly per crew, or more often if deemed advisably by the SA Liaisonman.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 59 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

5) Pit Drills should be held at least once each day on wells, wildcats and wells where above-normal
bottom-hole pressure could exist.

6) Drills are to be conducted during both routine and special operations. Typical times would be
while:

a. Drilling

b. Shut down for equipment repairs

c. Logging

d. Waiting on orders

e. Circulating

f. Or any other time there is an open hole and a Blowout Preventer (BOP) is installed.

7) Procedure

a. The Toolpusher simulates the kick by raising a float in the mud pits or by raising the arm on the
flow show indicator and making a note of the time.

b. The SA Liaisonman shall assist in observing the crew and recording completion times.

c. The Driller must detect the kick and sound alarm.

d. The time of the alarm must be noted.

e. Upon hearing the alarm, all members of the drilling crew should immediately execute their
assigned duties.

f. The Driller should prepare to shut in the well using the approved SA Shut-in Procedure While
Drilling.

g. The SA Liaisonman shall be on the rig floor to announce to the driller that the exercise is only a
drill and to stop him before he actually closes the BOP.

h. The time must be noted when the driller is prepared to shut in the well.

i. Members of the drilling crew must report back to the rig floor having completed their
assigned duties. These duties may include:

1. Driller

Shut in the well (simulated). Record drill pipe, pressure and casing pressure, Record time,
Measure pit gain, check chock manifold for valve positioning and leaks.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 60 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

2. Derrickman

Weigh sample of mud form suction pit, check volumes of barite, gel and water on location.

3. Assistant Driller

Check accumulator pressures and pumps, Check BOP stack for leaks and proper valve
positions, turn on water jets to diesel exhausts.

4. Floor Hand No.1 and 2

Assist Driller on rig floor.

5. Floor Hand No.3

Assist Derrickman on mud pits

Frequency: One or more pit drills should be conducted each day until the crews become proficient, then
at least twice weekly per crew, or more often if deemed advisably by the SA Liaisonman.

M. Trip Drills

1) The trip drill is designed to train the drilling crew to recognize and respond to kick indications which
occur while tripping pipe. The trip drill is useful for both teaching and testing purposes.

2) The trip drill is supervised by the Toolpusher with the knowledge of the SA Liaisonman.

3) All parts of the well control system must be kept hooked up and in good condition, ready for drills.

4) When a new rig is picked-up, trip drills should be conducted during each trip (both while pulling out
and going into the hole) while the bit is up in the casing. When the crew becomes proficient, trip drills
should be conducted at least twice weekly per crew, conditions allowing.

5) Procedure

a. The Toolpusher simulates the kick by raising a float in the trip tank and making a note of the time.

b. The SA Liaisonman shall assist in observing the crew and recording completion times.

c. The Driller must detect the kick and sound the alarm.

d. The time of the alarm shall be noted.

e. Upon hearing the alarm, all members of the drilling crew shall immediately execute their assigned
duties.

f. The Driller must prepare to shut in the well using the approved SA Shut-in Procedure While
Tripping. This shall include spacing out and stabbing/closing the full open safety valve.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 61 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

g. After the safety valve is installed and the Driller is ready to close the preventers, the SA
Liaisonman shall announce to the Driller that the exercise is only a drill and that it is not necessary
to close the preventers.

h. The time shall be noted when the driller is prepared to shut-in the well.

i. Members of the drilling crew should proceed with their assigned duties and report back to
the rig floor upon completion. These duties may include:

1. Driller

Shut in the well (simulated), record drill pipe and casing pressure, record time, measure pit
gain, and check choke manifold for valve positioning and leaks.

2. Derrickman

Weigh sample of mud from suction pit, and check volumes of barite, gel and water.

3. Assistant Driller

Check accumulator pressures and pumps, check BOP stack for leaks, and turn on water jets
to diesel exhausts.

4. Floor Hand No.1 and 2

Stab the safety valve. Close the safety valve and stab inside the BOP. Open the safety valve
and the Assist Driller on the rig floor.

5. Floor Hand No.3

Assist the Derrickman on the mud pits.

Frequency: Trip drills should be conducted during each trip (both while pulling out and going into the
hole) while the bit is up in the casing. When the crew becomes proficient, trip drills should be
conducted at least twice weekly per crew, conditions allowing.

N. Accumulator Drill/Test

Accumulator drills/tests are designed to verify that the accumulator/closing system is in good working
order and that it is properly sized for the particular blowout preventer stack. Accumulator performance
must be proven with an accumulator drill when the BOPs are first installed (which verifies proper sizing),
and every 14 days thereafter in conjunction with the weekly BOP pressure tests (which checks for
hydraulic leaks).

1) Results of the accumulator drill, including closing times of the rams and annular preventer, and initial
final accumulator pressures are to be reported on the BOP Test and Equipment Checklist.

2) A notation should also be made on the tour report that an accumulator drill was conducted.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 62 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

3) Accumulator drills must be conducted when the drill pipe is not in open hole, but up in the casing.

4) At least one joint of drill pipe must be in the hole for the pipe rams to close on.

5) The SA Liaisonman and Toolpusher should witness all accumulator drills, but the Toolpusher is
responsible for the actual supervision of the drill.

6) Use the remote station to close the preventers during every other drill.

7) Procedure

a. Turn off all accumulator-pressurizing pumps.

b. Record the initial accumulator, manifold, and annular pressures.

c. Close all of the preventers (Except the Blind Rams). Substitute a reopening of a pipe ram to
simulate the blind ram closure when applicable.

d. Open the Hydraulic Control Relief (HCR) valve.

e. Measure and record the closing times for each preventer with a stopwatch.

f. Record the final accumulator, manifold and annular pressures.

g. To pass the accumulator test, all BOPs must have closed in less than 30 seconds with at least:
1500 psi accumulator pressure remaining (for a 3000 psi accumulator).

Note: Equipment that does not meet these requirements either has insufficient capacity,
insufficient pre-charge or needs repair. Closing time for annular preventers 20" and larger
should not exceed 45 seconds.

h. Observe the remaining pressure for at least 5 minutes to detect any possible ram piston seal
leaks.

i. Reopen the BOP and turn the accumulator pump(s) back on.

j. Record the time required to charge system back up (recharge time).

Frequency: Accumulator performance must be proven with an accumulator drill/test when the BOPs
are first installed (which verifies proper sizing), and every 14 days thereafter in accordance
with the SAWCM (SAWCM).

O. Annual Emergency Drills

1) D&WO shall conduct an annual “Primary” rig emergency drill as per G.I. 1850.001, to better prepare
for unexpected well emergencies when they occur. One Land rig from each drilling department and
one Land rig from workover shall be selected annually to participate.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 63 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-6/ED/Continued

2) This drill shall be coordinated with appropriate operating organizations so that all parties shall
become familiar with the respective responsibilities and response plans.

3) By conducting joint drills, the response time to activate the disaster plans for a blowout will decrease,
resulting in rapid control of the well. This Primary drill shall require full mobilization of equipment and
personnel.

4) D&WO shall also conduct annual “Secondary” rig emergency drills with each Producing crew
department. The “Secondary” drills shall evaluate readiness to respond to a disaster and shall require
minimal mobilization of equipment and personnel.

Frequency: Annual Emergency Drills shall be completed once per year.

P. Oil Spill Equipment Clean-up Drill

1) Oil spill drills shall include instructions for the use and proper deployment of oil containment and
recovery and/or oil dispersing equipment.

2) These drills shall be held at least once every six months unless the equipment has been used during
the intervening period.

3) The format and scope of suck drill shall be formulated by the ROSC(s) and approved as necessary by
the ROSC Members.

4) At least once in every two years, the drill shall be integrated with an Onshore Primary Drill to evaluate
the coordination and response.

Note: The equipment used during drills shall immediately be brought back to its fully operational
condition and any faults and defects discovered during the drills shall be remedied as soon as
possible.

Frequency: Oil Spill Equipment Clean-up Drill shall be completed once per year.

4. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

5. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 64 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-7

Drops Program

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 65 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-7 / Drops Program (DP)
While primary focus of this program shall be on the derrick, this policy applies to all other equipment areas of the
rig that are determined to pose a hazard of falling objects, such as tool rooms, cranes, etc.. This program
applies to; Saudi Aramco D&WO, Contractor and Service Companies.

1. Responsibility

A. The Rig Operator Person In Charge (PIC) is responsible for ensuring that the inspection required by this
requirement are entered into the rig’s applicable preventive maintenance system and that the instructions
contained therein are complied with.

B. The Rig Operator PIC shall ensure that all temporary equipment arriving at rig location for use in
situations where it may create a dropped object hazard that is not covered by the inspections required
under this requirement is accounted for on a log sheet that is to be maintained by the Rig Operator PIC
until such time as the temporary equipment is removed from the rig.

C. The Rig Operator PIC is responsible for maintaining the temporary equipment log, and ensuring that an
inspection checklist is added to “DROPS” for as long as the temporary equipment is in use on the rig.

2. Procedure

A. Identify the Derrick zones. Divide the derrick into small manageable sections to help you define areas for
identification. The number of zones shall depend on the size of derrick and the amount of equipment in
the derrick. Typically five zones are used:

1) Zone1: Travelling Equipment

2) Zone 2: Crown Section

3) Zone 3: Monkey board to Crown

4) Zone 4: Rig Floor to Monkey Board

5) Zone 5: Lower Substructure and BOP deck.

B. Compile an Inventory of Equipment. The inventory listing process will require considerable effort and
commitment from various personnel and could take some time depending on available resources. The
time and effort spent compiling this list will greatly affect the success of the program. An accurate and
detailed list is crucial and will benefit all involved. Record the information using a separate form for each
zone identified. On the same form enter the fastening methods used on each item and any inspection
detail that will aid the inspector in the inspection process.

C. Remove all non-essential equipment from the derrick.

D. Review derrick inventory and define each item as essential or non-essential. Each item deemed non-
essential or redundant should be analyzed for any knock off effect if remove. This process should involve
Rig management.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 66 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-7/DP/Continued

E. Once the items are removed from the derrick the inventory list should be modified to reflect the changes.

F. Periodic inspections of the different zones shall be scheduled. Once inspections are carried out, the
necessary information should be entered into the Preventive Maintenance (PM) system to show
compliance. All items in the inventory need to be accounted for and inspected. Any item found in a
particular zone, not listed in the inventory needs to be noted, with reason for being in the derrick and
expected duration. The rig foreman may periodically request that the list be changed to reflect changes in
operational requirements.

Note: Rigs should make the derrick inspections a part of their current PM program.

1) Inspection Schedule

a. All derrick zones shall be inspected monthly as per defined Drops Program (see HSERM/A/A-
7/2.A), by rig personnel, with inspection results recorded in the PM system.

b. An annual derrick inspection shall be conducted by a third party contractor. A record of the third
party inspection shall be kept at the rig site until superseded by the next annual inspection.

2) Control of Temporary Equipment

a. A log sheet should be used to effectively control temporary equipment within the derrick, e.g.,
hand tools used during maintenance or equipment taken up the derrick for operation such as
wireline work. The old age adage of “what goes up must come down” is extremely relevant.

b. Any tool or equipment taken aloft should be logged in and signed off by the person carrying out
the task as well as the Driller on duty. Once the tool or equipment is removed, it should be logged
out in the same manner. This log sheet should be used to periodically check to see that all
temporary items have been removed from aloft after use.

Note: All tools (taken aloft) shall have a safety lanyard attached and secured at all times while
working at height.

3) Covering other areas of the rig

Once “DROPS” has been implemented for the derrick, the same process should then be applied to
other areas of the rig, starting with the more critical areas first. Other areas should include but not
be limited to the following:

a. Cranes

b. Jack Houses

c. Storerooms, tool rooms and paint lockers

d. Shale Shaker areas

e. Welding Shack and surrounding areas


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 67 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-7/DP/Continued

f. Machinery Spaces

g. Underneath drilling substructures between Cantilever Beams on jack-ups, and around the moon
pool areas on floaters.

h. Quarters Areas, both internal and external, including accommodation spaces, galleys, mess
rooms, change rooms, laundry rooms, etc. To make the inspection process easier these other
areas should be divided up and assigned to specific departments.

i. Other Areas as determined by the OIM/PIC.

3. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

4. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 68 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-8

Short Service
Employee Program

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 69 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-8 / Short Service Employee Program (SSE)
The purpose of this program is to help protect persons who are at particular risk on SA work sites because they
are new (Short Service Employees), or are unfamiliar with the site.

1. Scope

This program is applicable to all SA Drilling and Workover facilities, drilling contractor and service
companies.

2. Responsibility

It is responsibility of each Contractor PIC to ensure that a Short Service Employee program, meeting the
minimum requirements of this program, is implemented at his site.

3. Procedure

A. All new employees regular and contract employees holding rig rotational positions or assigned to a shore
base industrial site, and all Visitors (Office Personnel) to SA industrial sites shall be easily identified as
Short Service Employees by the following system.

1) For the first 90 working days that they are filling a regularly rotating or field position they shall wear a
GREEN hardhat. If they are transferred to or working temporarily on another SA site during this time
period, they shall continue to wear a GREEN hardhat for the duration of their initial 90 working day
period.

B. After the 90 working day initial period they shall only wear a WHITE hardhat. A Short Service employee
shall be only or all of the following:

1) New to the industry.

2) New to the company.

3) New to the rig/location.

C. All service personnel shall conform to the above system of recognition but in any event shall NOT wear a
hardhat color that conflict with and/or reduces the effectiveness of the above system.

D. The Site Manager shall have the authority to assign Short Service Employee status (GREEN hardhat) to
any person whom he assesses to be particularly at risk irrespective of their assignments, service time or
location of employment

E. All Short Service Employee (SSE’s) are required to attend an initial orientation on the rig prior to
beginning work.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 70 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-8/SSE/Continued

F. All SSE’s shall be assigned, a safety partner (Mentor) from within their work group. The supervisor and
appointed safety partner (Mentor) shall provide close supervision during the appropriate familiarization
period and ensure that the SSE does not attempt to perform any task in which he has not been properly
trained.

G. The supervisor and designated safety partner shall ensure that the SSE is familiarized with personal
protective equipment, procedure, the location and operation of emergency equipment.

H. The supervisor and appointed safety partner shall discuss and review with the SSE any and all known
and/or potential hazards associated with a proposed task prior to commencement and review all
emergency equipment, personal protective equipment and procedures. An appropriate hazard
recognition process must be utilized.

I. Throughout the appropriate SSE period, a green hard hat shall distinguish SSE personnel.

J. The appropriate supervisor shall enroll the SSE into the program by utilizing the Short Service Employee
Enrollment Form. The completed form shall be submitted to the SA DOE&CD with a copy retained on the
rig to record the enrollment.

K. Following the successful completion of the required SSE period, the supervisor and appointed safety
partner shall record the fact by signing and dating the enrollment form. The completed form shall be
maintained on the rig copies shall be forwarded to SA DOE&CD. An employee shall not be considered a
graduate from the program until he/she has successfully completed the following training as a minimum:

1) Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) safety training as per HSERM/B/B-5/H2S Safety/Paragraph No.4.

2) Basic Fire Fighting.

3) Casualty Handing.

4) Permit to Work.

5) Hazard Recognition Program.

6) Rigging and Lifting.

Note: All Training must be provided by a “Competent Person.” The term "Competent Person" is
defined as "one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings
or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has
authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.” By way of training and/or
experience, a competent person is knowledgeable of applicable standards, is capable of identifying
workplace hazards relating to the specific operation, and has the authority to correct them. Some
standards add additional specific requirements which must be met by the competent person.

Additional questions and tasks may be added as necessary by the supervisor and safety partner to
ensure that the employee has a working knowledge of Safety and Environmental procedures and has
demonstrated safe work ethic and behavior throughout the period of the SSE program.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 71 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-8/SSE/Continued

L. Any Employee who is not deemed as qualified for release from SSE status after a period of 90 working
days may continue to work only with the written approval of the Site Manager.

4. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

5. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 72 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-9

Requirements for Simultaneous


Drilling
and
Producing Operations
(Land Rigs)

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 73 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-9 / Requirements for Simultaneous Drilling and Producing
Operations (SIMOPS), Land Rigs
1. Pre-Move and Planning

This procedure is applicable to all SA Drilling and Workover facilities, drilling contractor and service
companies.

A. A pre-move meeting shall be held at least 2 weeks before the rig move between the Drilling
Foreman/Liaisonman, Area Producing (AP) and D&WO Well sites. The following and any other pertinent
issues shall be discussed. A summary of the meeting shall be sent to Area Producing Department (APD).

1) Flagging all flow lines.

2) Layout of rig components and materials.

3) Installation of barricades and traffic control and responsibilities for same.

4) Wells to be shut-in in addition to the minimum requirements below and responsibility for installing
mechanical down-hole barriers.

5) Main camp and mini-camp locations.

6) Welding shop location.

7) Emergency Shut-Down (ESD), Sub Surface Safety Valve (SSSV) and H2S sensor testing and
reliability assurance.

8) Installation of ESD switch in Drilling Foreman’s office and rig floor (if required) for all wells connected
to a production or injection manifold.

9) Review of AP and Drilling activities planned for the location.

10) Injector shut-in to avoid kicks while drilling through reservoirs.

B. The location ESD system must be operational and tested by AP Producing in the presence of Drilling
Foreman before rig mobilization to the site. If the ESD system is not functioning properly, no oil
production shall be allowed while the rig on location until the ESD system is functioning properly.

C. Substantial barricades (capable of stopping any rig vehicle moving at 10 km per hour) to be installed
around all live/flowing equipment on the location – to stop any vehicle approaching closer than 20m to
such equipment .

D. Traffic controls (barricades) shall be installed on the location to direct all traffic away from flowing wells
area.

E. Rig move-in, rig-up, rig-down and move-off shall be a daylight only activity.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 74 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-9/SIMOPS/Continued

F. An adequate Emergency Response Plan (ERP) shall be developed and implemented prior to any
equipment being moved to well location. The ERP shall be in accordance with the requirements of
D&WO SMS No. 8/Emergency Preparedness. All reasonable scenarios shall be addressed with
particular attention being paid to the ability to protect and evacuate additional none rig personnel on
location.

2. Rig Move

While the rig is moving on/off a location, all wells in adjacent rows and any other wells identified in the pre-
move meeting, shall be shut-in.

Prior to commencing operations, Drilling shall install additional H2S sensors between the rig and existing
wells.

3. Rig Operating

A. While the rig is operating, all wells within a distance of 85 meters from the wellbore shall be shut-in with
two (2) mandatory mechanical shut-offs. This is minimum requirement only. Additional wells may be
shut-in, as agreed to at the pre-move meeting. In general, producers can use SSSV and BPV; injectors
can use a mono-lock plug and BPV.

B. Any planned activity (surface or sub-surface) on the location shall be reviewed with the Drilling Foreman
for his approval and coordination. This shall include, but is not limited to, sampling, bleeding, ESD
maintenance, testing SSSV’s, wireline work, etc. anyone entering the location shall check-in and review
his plans with the Drilling Foreman.

C. Well Services activities are not allowed within 85 meters of the wellbore or in any other shut-in well on
the location.

D. When the rig is on the location, an AP representative shall be available on the location 24 hours as a
single point of contact for the Drilling Foreman.

E. In case of any alarm, well control situation, flaring, or other emergency, utilizing the ESD the Drilling
Foreman is authorized to shut-in all wells on the same location without notifying AP at any time he feels it
is not safe to operate with nearby wells active. The Drilling Foreman shall immediately notify the AP
representative on location. The wells shall be returned to normal operation as soon as it is safe to do so.

F. No location safety systems shall be by-passed, for the duration of drilling activities, unless there is written
concurrence from Drilling Operations Management. If any ESD system is by-passed, the well(s) shall be
shut-in.

G. No major PMT or other construction work shall be allowed while the rig is on the locations. Minor work
and all hot work shall be reviewed case by case with the Drilling foreman.

H. Both location access roads shall remain clear at all times.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 75 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-9/SIMOPS/Continued

I. AP shall be responsible for supervising any work done on the location by AP or its contractor companies.

J. Contact number of AP personnel shall be provided to the Drilling Foreman prior to working on any well in
the location.

K. All personnel on location at any time shall have H2S training and carry a current H2S certificate at all
times. AP shall provide sufficient self-contained breathing apparatus for their contractor personnel.

L. The ESD H2S alarm settings shall be as follows:

1) 5 ppm to actuate the siren.

2) 10 ppm to activate the ESD and shut all the wells.

M. Drilling shall have two Drilling Foremen from spud to release.

N. Drilling shall provide a Separator and Vertical Flare Stack from spud to release while operating on
production location and while drilling across pay zones on an injection location.

Note: The Auto Ignition system shall be operational from spud release. A location that contains both
injectors and producers shall be considered a production location.

O. Drilling shall have a Rig Safety Advisor available on the location from spud to release.

P. AP shall adopt non-conventional sampling and bleeding methods that mitigate SIMOPS risk by
eliminating the potential for hydrocarbon release and un-necessary activation of the ESD system.

4. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

5. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 76 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-10

Journey Management

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 77 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10 / Journey Management (JM)
1. Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to establish requirements and responsibilities for Drilling and Workover
(D&WO) organizations for: controlling travel to and from remote locations; specifying proper equipment for
remote area travel and operations; and defining responsibilities for implementing search and rescue
operations for missing personnel or medical evacuations of injured/ill persons from remote areas.

This procedure is a supplement to G.I.6.025 (Control of Remote Area Travel and Search/Rescue
Procedures) and D&WO Safety Management System (SMS) Element No.6 (Safe Operations).

2. Scope

This procedure applies to all SA employees, contractors, sub-contractors and service companies involved in
remote area D&WO operations and associated travel, and includes responsibilities for implementing
“Primary” and/or “Secondary” search and rescue operations for missing or injured personnel.

3. Definitions (Ref: G.I.6.025, Section 4.0)

A. Remote Area

Those areas of operation which by distance or topography are isolated from any existing facility
capable of providing a timely response to an emergency situation, such as:

1) Seldom used tracks or dirt roads, such as pipeline corridors, skid roads to drilling rig locations, or
tracks to exploration camps.

2) Air travel over land far from inhabited areas, developed roads or landing strips, or over open water.

3) Sea travel.

4) Off road travel, even if it is near to paved roads, towns or industrial facilities.

B. Search and Rescue Response Commander (SRRC)

The Executive Director of Industrial Services Organization or his assigned alternate. The SRRC shall
assume control of all search and rescue activities on the activation of ‘Secondary’ response procedures.

C. Search and Rescue Response Vice Commander (SRRVC)

The Vice President of SA Medical Services Organization (SAMSO) or his designee. In any absence of
the Search and Rescue Response Commander, the Vice President of SAMSO or his assigned alternate
shall assume the responsibilities of the SRRC.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 78 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

D. D&WO Emergency Control Center (ECC)

The location from which the SRRC and designated personnel shall coordinate a ‘Secondary’ response.
The ECC is located on the second floor of building 3193.

E. Primary Response

Search and rescue (SAR) actions initiated by the individual department when notified of stranded or
missing personnel and/or medical emergencies in remote areas. Initial coordination with Emergency
Medical Services for medical evacuations is included in ‘Primary’ response.

F. Secondary Response

A coordinated corporate level response to any emergency situation which involves search, rescue and/or
medical evacuation operations in remote areas which exceed the available resources of “Primary”
response organizations.

G. Field Trips – Remote Travel – Deep Desert Areas

Employees should be prepared for unexpected situations while travelling on field trips, remote areas and
deep desert areas. Bad weather conditions, poor visibility, mechanical failures or even becoming lost.

1) Field Trips:

The Daily Area Travel Log (Refer to HSERM/A/A-10/JM /Appendix No.1) must be completed before
driving to D&WO operations, drilling rigs, water well, well site constructions when trips involve driving
distances more than 150km, one way from the origin point of travel, regardless of road conditions,
(asphalt or dirt roads) or close proximity to company facilities on route. Drivers and crews shall
ensure the minimum safety equipment is taken on all trips:

a. Vehicle first aid kit and sufficient water.

b. Communication equipment and Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE).

c. Vehicle jacking and emergency equipment.

2) Remote and Deep Desert Areas:

The Remote Area Travel Log (Refer to HSERM/A/A-10/JM /Appendix No.2) must be completed
before driving to any remote or deep desert areas.

a. Remote Areas:

Remote areas are classified as areas of operations which are geography isolated from any
existing facility capable of providing a timely response to an emergency situation as:

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 79 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

1. Seldom used tracks, dirt roads such as pipelines corridors, skid roads to D&WO Rig locations.

2. Off-Road travel even if it is near to paved roads, towns or industrial facilities.

b. Deep Desert Areas:

Deep desert areas are classified as areas more than 100km away from paved roads or any SA
facilities. Deep desert driving has special requirements documented clearly in G.I.6.025.

The minimum requirements for desert driving are:

1. 4X4 Vehicles.

2. 2 spare wheels per vehicle.

3. Remote communication equipment, GPS, Satellite telephones.

4. 2 vehicles travelling together.

5. 15 liters of water per person.

6. Sleeping kits.

7. Equipment Kits.

4. Responsibilities

A. D&WO Management

1) Responsible for ensuring all employees follow departmental travel control procedures. This includes
all contractors and service companies under their departments' supervision.

2) Ensure clear departmental procedures and policies are established.

3) Clearly communicate to the Division Heads that, contractor management understand that they are
responsible to ensure all sub-contractors and service companies working directly for them follow
adequate travel control procedures consistently.

4) During SOC meetings reinforce the commitment of service companies and contractors, their
responsibility to follow Journey Management policies and procedures.

B. Contractor Management

Responsible for ensuring all their employees follow their own travel control procedures. As well, they are
responsible for ensuring all sub-contractors and service companies working directly for them consistently
follow adequate travel control procedures.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 80 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

C. Drivers

All drivers are required to follow remote travel procedures developed by their employer at all times.
Drivers shall stay on the planned or designated route while traveling and remain with the vehicle, if
stranded for any reason, until help arrives.

D. D&WO Division Head

1) Shall ensure all relevant Driver certification and vehicle asset documentation is recorded in the
divisions filing system.

a. Supervisors Road Test records (SRT).

b. Authorized employees and SMPs driver’s license list.

c. Assigned vehicle list.

d. Near miss, traffic violation, MVA records.

e. Driver performance/safe driving attitudes and behavior records.

f. Records of vehicle logs.

g. Any SA 1193 recordings.

h. Enforce Travel management logs.

2) Ensure contractor and service companies under the department’s supervision have adequate travel
control and Search and Rescue procedures (of their own) in place.

3) Communicate policy and regulation changes to all employees.

4) Provide adequate information on remote area work locations together with maps, communication
tools and safety equipment for vehicles.

5) Initiate appropriate departmental search and rescue efforts when an employee in a remote area is
reported missing.

6) Provide driver training including remote desert driving for employees and approved SMPs.

7) Provide Driver Improvement Refresher courses.

8) Ensure he enrolls specific employees into the Deep Desert Driving program and other related
courses, radio communication, map and compass use.

E. D&WO Unit Heads

1) Shall ensure only employees with SA Driver licenses operate vehicles.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 81 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

2) Ensure vehicles are assigned to specific employees. Any pool vehicle or vehicle used by employees
other than the assigned driver must utilize a vehicle log.

3) Ensure all employees DO NOT travel at night by planning all vehicle travel in daylight hours only.

4) Assign a Travel Controller (clerk) to coordinate, control and document daily travel logs, remote and
deep desert travel logs and plans.

5) Ensure vehicle Safety Check Inspections are performed and documented by the assigned driver once
a month. Records are kept for audit purposes.

6) Ensure existing employees, new hires or transferred personnel review driving policies and procedures
including any site specific regulations during the site safety orientation.

7) Ensure vehicle checklists, travel documents, policies, procedures and safety equipment is available in
his work area or facility and is communicated to all employees.

8) Ensure all SMPs under his supervision have the necessary driver training and certification when they
operate any vehicle.

9) Promote safe driving practices to all employees whether during working or non-working hours.

10) Ensure drivers are proficient with the use of GPS.

F. Employees

1) Shall apply safe driving practices and follow the SA policies and regulations when operating or driving
company vehicles.

2) Shall be conversant with the SA G.I.6.025 and 6.030.

3) Ensure all driving is performed in daylight hours when travelling to and from work locations.

4) Perform vehicle safety checks utilizing the Department’s Vehicle Safety Checklist once a month. The
assigned driver for each vehicle shall complete the checklist and give to his Supervisor for review.

5) Carry the minimum safety equipment when travelling to locations or facilities, mobile phone, drinking
water, first aid kit and vehicle kits.

6) Complete the Vehicle Travel Logs, following the instructions before travelling to Field Trips, Deep
Desert, Remote Areas, or Over Night Destinations. If a driver is leaving from his home and going
directly to the location then he must:

a. Telephone the Travel Controller (assigned clerk) and complete the form over the telephone by
giving the full details of his trip.

b. Before leaving location the driver shall call the Travel Controller and inform him of his return trip
plans.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 82 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

c. When the driver returns home he must inform the Travel Controller.

7) Ensure accommodation is pre-determined and organized before travelling long distances.

8) Check weather conditions before travelling to locations and prepare accordingly.

9) Complete Vehicle Travel Log before driving to work areas away from the office.

10) Report any vehicle accidents, private or company immediately to the Unit Head.

11) Keep your licenses current and up to date.

G. Contractors

Shall apply safe driving practices follow the SA and contractor policies, regulations when operating or
driving vehicles.

5. Procedure

D&WO departments with remote area travel should take every effort to provide all equipment and supplies
necessary and/or as required for survival and emergency situations which may be encountered. This effort
should include frequent periodic inspections of the vehicles, aircraft, or vessels to ensure compliance and
mechanical soundness.

A. Travel Control System Requirements/ Travel Controller

A Designated Person (Travel Controller) in each Unit or work facility shall be assigned by the Unit Head
to ensure all travel plans are recorded and closed out. The Travel Controller is responsible for initiating
Primary Search and Rescue (SAR) Plan in the event a vehicle becomes overdue.
Refer to:

1) HSERM/A/A-10/JM/Appendix No.1/Daily Travel Log.

2) HSERM/A/A-10/JM/Appendix No.2/Remote Travel Log/Deep Desert Travel Log.

B. The Travel Controller and driver shall report as a minimum the following information to the site
foreman:

1) Contact rig or facility; inform foreman how many personnel are travelling.

2) Expected time of travel.

3) Expected time of arrival.

4) Drivers contact details.

5) Reason for travel.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 83 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

The Travel Controller shall complete the travel Log with the assistance of any driver who is travelling
directly from his home to location. All items on travel log must be clarified with the driver.

C. Remote Travel Log System (Refer to HSERM/A/A-10/JM /Appendix No.2)

Minimum information required for single vehicle and convoy travel to be recorded as follows:

1) Name and company ID numbers of driver(s) and passengers.

2) Destination(s) including:

a. Overnight stops.

b. Communication check- in points.

3) Vehicle description(s) and unit number(s).

4) Planned routing - All routes taken to rig/camp sites shall follow the Aramco designated routing where
signs are placed every 10 Km.

5) Actual departure time.

6) Expected arrival time at destination(s).

7) Expected return time to point of origin if applicable.

8) Communications contact information for destinations (if applicable) and mobile communications (if
applicable). Current issue phone lists are an acceptable alternative for both Travel Manager and
person traveling.

9) Signature(s) for sign in/out (for land travel).

10) Any check-in required in Section Travel Check- in.

Note: Crew changes between remote operations worksites such as drilling rigs or seismic operations and
remote crew camp facilities specified for that worksite are not required to record a travel log.

D. Travel Check-In

The driver must contact the Travel Controller under any of the following circumstances:

1) If there is a change in expected arrival time at destination exceeding 2 hours of original estimate.

2) If there is a change in planned route.

3) If there is a change in passenger list.

4) If there is a change in composition of convoy.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 84 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

5) If possible, Prior to leaving and after returning to high traffic paved highways that go to built-up
industrial areas or manned plant facilities.

Note: There are abandoned Aramco infield paved roads and government paved roads which are not
considered high traffic roads.

6) Prior to traveling off-road into the open desert.

7) If traveling off-highway for a period of four hours.

8) Upon arrival at destination and also check-in with the destination Travel Controller.

Note: If the driver has not checked-in within 2 hours of expected check-in time, the Travel Controller shall
initiate the Search and Rescue Primary Response Plan.

E. Air or Sea Travel

For air or sea travel, the aircraft or vessel shall comply with the applicable international and local
regulations for procedures, supplies and equipment necessary for remote area travel.

F. Remote Night Travel

All night travel shall be discouraged.

Night travel to or from or in an area that is defined as remote should not commence after dark or
before light, with the exception to the following:

1) Material supply trucks or vehicles controlled by SA transportation department where the operation
complies with SA transportation Procedures.

2) Crew changes between remote operations worksites, such as drilling rigs, requiring continuous
operations and remote crew camp facilities specified for that worksite.

G. Remote Travel Vehicle Requirements

1) Vehicles must have current Saudi Government Motor Vehicles Periodic Inspection sticker and SA
vehicles must have valid inspection and PM services sticker.

2) Light vehicles are to be equipped with two spare tires.

3) Four wheel drive vehicles are required when vehicles leave graded skid roads for travel in open
desert, trails and tracks.

H. Remote Travel Basic Emergency Supplies/Equipment:

1) Accurate compass of reasonable quality.

2) Accurate area maps with North marked clearly at top.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 85 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

3) Water for 3 days (15 liters per person).

4) First Aid kit.

5) Shovel, road reflectors, flashlight.

6) Matches or lighter and charcoal lighter fluids.

7) Blanket.

8) Personal medications.

9) Communications Equipment.

10) PPE.

11) Spare Wheel.

12) Vehicle Jack.

I. Off-Road Basic Emergency Supplies/Equipment

In addition to the equipment listed in section HSERM/A/A-10/JM/paragraph G, vehicles driving off


road require the following:

1) Food rations for 3 days per person.

2) GPS Unit.

3) Additional fuel and vehicle fluids.

4) Tire pump and pressure gauge.

5) Spare fan belt(s).

6) Appropriately equipped tool kit.

7) Winch or tow cable.

8) Traction grates.

J. Communications

1) All Companies shall provide employees with the necessary means of communication to check-in as
required in the travel plan prepared for remote travel.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 86 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

2) Vehicles traveling off road must have communications equipment that shall allow for continuous
contact capability for all locations traveled to.

K. Training

1) D&WO personnel shall receive adequate initial and refresher training (for personnel undertaking
remote area travel) as referenced in G.I.6.025 section 5 (Control of Remote Area Travel), D&WO
SMS Element No.4 (Competency and Training) and HSERM/A/A-5/C&T.

2) Regular Driving: All selected employees, depending on positions shall be registered to


Attend and pass the SA Driving Courses as per G.I.6.030.

3) All SA drivers shall participate in the Driver Improvement Program (DIP).

4) Off highway/Off Road travel personnel shall receive training to cover the following:

a. Training as highlighted in the D&WO SMS element No.4 Competency and Training and
HSERM/A/A-5/C&T.

5) Off-highway Travel

Personnel shall receive training to cover the following:

a. Emergency procedures to follow when lost or stranded.

b. Map orientation and navigation by compass (all) and GPS (if applicable).

c. Off highway driving skills.

d. Mobile communications equipment (if applicable).

e. Basic first aid training.

6) Off-Road Travel

Personnel driving off -road shall receive training covering the following:

a. Desert survival skills.

b. Off road driver skills.

c. Mobile communications equipment.

d. GPS tracking equipment.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 87 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

L. Remote Travel Performance Indicators

The contractors shall maintain records of the following:

1) Section Travel Logs.

2) The number of travel plans where non-compliances were identified and description of corrective
actions taken.

3) The number of times needed to phone a location to discover the whereabouts of a driver.

6. Search and Rescue (SAR)

Each D&WO department and each contractor shall have in place a primary SAR Response plan that shall
address initial search operations contained in this section.

A. Primary Response Plan

1) The Travel Manager shall initiate the following within the prescribed time limits if check-in is
overdue:

a. Telephone Search (Maximum 2 hours overdue).

2) The Travel Controller shall call the following:

a. Contact driver if equipped with communications equipment.

b. Destination(s) contacts.

c. Last check-in point (if applicable).

d. Relevant police, hospitals, facilities along planned route.

e. Any other possible contacts, including family/friends, who may know the overdue person.

3) Notification (maximum 4-6 hours overdue)

The Travel Manager shall notify designated Company and Aramco supervision that an overdue
person is missing. Supervisors shall then notify relevant Contractor and Aramco management
representatives who shall initiate the Primary SAR ground search operations.

Note: SA management may request Search aircraft if the situation warrants such action, as per G.I.6.025
Section 6.1.1.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 88 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

B. Ground Search

The initial ground search plan shall take into consideration the resources available at the time of
implementation using the information contained in this section and, be coordinated by a Search Manager.

1) Search Area

Initial search area shall be defined by establishing a Search Pattern Grid and assessing the
following:

a. Last known location (usually the start point for establishing a search area).

b. Planned route information from Travel Log.

c. Vehicle range of missing vehicle and search vehicles.

2) Prioritize Areas According to Degree of Risk to the Missing Person

Depending on resources available, the search area grids may be prioritized using the
following criteria particularly when planning an initial road search:

a. Likelihood of missing person being found by passer-by or finding help from local populated areas.

b. Likelihood of person remaining lost or stranded if searchers are not sent to this area.

c. Type of terrain in search area.

d. For all initial searches, both off-highway and off-road, it may be logical to first explore all roads
and tracks in the designated search area.

e. Off road searches would most often be conducted using a search pattern in conjunction with an
initial road search and the planned off-road route given search priority.

3) Search Pattern

A basic ground search pattern grid system can be applied to identify a search area when conducting
both road and off road searches. The search radius and distance between check-in stops may vary
according to search circumstances. Search vehicles should return to their base of operations after
each search segment has been completed, unless the Search Manager has set other plans.

a. Vehicle Requirements

1. All search vehicles should meet the requirements for the type of search being conducted and
have communications equipment.

2. Vehicles without communications equipment must travel in convoy.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 89 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued

b. Training

1. Search Manager

Search and rescue planning and techniques for ground search.

2. Drivers

Trained as per Section Training and Off Road travel requirements.

C. Secondary Response Plan

The SA Corporate plan is in place and shall be activated if necessary as per G.I. 6.025 Section 7.0.

7. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

8. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 90 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued
Appendix No.1

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 91 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued
Appendix No.2

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 92 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Continued
Appendix No.3

D&WO Driving Policy

1. D&WO Drivers (Employees and Contractors)

SA D&WO and Contractor employees are reminded that the Driving Policy applies to everyone who drives
motor vehicles on or off-the job.

The requirements for land based travel, including remote area travel are documented in the
following:

A. HSERM/A/A-10/Journey Management

B. D&WO SMS Element No.6 - Safe Operations

C. G.I. 0006.025 - Control of Remote Area Travel and Search/Rescue Procedures

D. G.I. 6.030 - Traffic and Vehicle Safety

Employees and Contractors driving personal or company vehicles must follow both Saudi Arabian
Government and SA driving regulations at all times.

2. When you plan driving to remote areas, in adverse weather or on poor road conditions, these basic
rules apply:

A. Harsh Weather Conditions: Heavy rain, sand storms and fog. Pull off the road and stop until conditions
clear. If conditions are marginal then slow down. If visibility is poor switch on your lights to low beam,
switch on fog lights if fitted and take extra care. Do not use your hazard warning lights unless you have
broken down or are trying to warn other traffic of a serious hazard ahead. If it is wet do not accelerate or
brake quickly as your vehicle may spin out of control.

B. Rig Roads, Skid Roads, Unsealed or Poorly Maintained Roads: Take extra care, slow down and only
drive on designated roads. The maximum speed on unpaved SA roads is 70 Km/h. Keep in mind that
many of these roads are not maintained on a regular basis, conditions can change dramatically, from
good to bad, in a very short distance.

C. Desert and Remote Area Driving: Use the Driving and Journey Management Procedure. Do not travel
into the desert unless your vehicle is a four wheel drive, (4X4) and equipped with the necessary safety
equipment. Make sure you are fully prepared for desert travel and you have been trained to do so safely.
Ensure the Journey Management Log is completed in full with the travel controller in your division.

D. Wildlife, Camels, Sheep and Cattle: Switch on your hazard warning lights, slow down to walking speed,
stop if necessary and exercise extreme care. Animals can make sudden erratic movements without any
apparent reason which could cause you or others to have a serious accident.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 93 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-10/JM/Appendix No.3/Continued

E. Night Travel: D&WO does NOT permit driving at night except in extreme emergencies. These include,
but are not limited to: well control situations or potential loss of human life. The Manager’s approval is
required prior to undertaking any night driving. When driving your personal car, drive within the limits of
your lights, drive at a slower speed and leave adequate room to take evasive action if needed. Camels
have been known to stray onto unfenced roads at night, they are very difficult to see and collisions
involving fatalities have been frequent in the past. Take extra care on unlit roads.

3. It is our vision to have zero accidents, injuries or fatalities and to minimize driving violations both at work and
home. We can only achieve this with your help by following these simple safety rules.

Note: Your safety, the safety of your family and others around you is within your control. Your driving behavior
and proactive precautions will allow you to arrive at your next destination safe and sound.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 94 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-11

Working with Service


Companies

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 95 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-11 / Working with Service Companies

This procedure is applicable to all SA Drilling and Workover facilities, drilling contractor and service
companies.

1. Upon arriving to location, the service company’s representative should report directly to the Company office.
They will be re-directed to the appropriate place for safety orientation and assignment of accommodations.
The safety orientation shall include Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) requirements, cell phone policy,
muster station identification, smoking policy, etc. The requirements as defined in HSERM/A/A-20/TPEI and
HSERM/A/A-12/SWAP shall be followed.

2. A combined pre-job safety meeting shall be conducted with all service and rig personnel in the primary work
environment. This meeting shall include discussions of responsibilities, hand signals or other means of
communication, potential pinch points, and hazardous chemicals/materials to be used.

3. A “safe distance” area should be cordoned off to indicate potentially high danger zones such as
pressurized lines, danger from overhead falling objects, opened cellar grating, etc.

4. A joint operational procedural meeting shall be conducted with all service companies concerned to review the
task at hand and to coordinate their combined efforts. This should be conducted immediately prior to the job.

5. Special operations requiring the use of BOP equipment must conform to design and testing procedures in
“Section J: Equipment Requirements, SAWCM.” This includes coil tubing, snubbing and electric line
operations.

6. All 3rd Party equipment shall be installed under the drilling contractors Permit to Work (PTW) System.

7. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

8. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 96 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-12

Safe Work Authorization


Procedure

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 97 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12 / Safe Work Authorization Procedure (SWAP)

1. Purpose

The purpose of the Safe Work Authorization Procedure (SWAP) is to define a formal safe system of control
for SAR rig activities which are potentially hazardous. This procedure establishes minimum requirements and
responsibilities for issuing/receiving Safe Work Authorizations, and for outlining the competencies required for
those responsible for implementing the system. When issued, the SWAP serves as a written record of
conditions and requirements agreed upon by the issuer and receiver. They list minimum safety precautions to
be taken and hazards which must be controlled.

2. Scope

A. The SWAP is applicable to Saudi Aramco drilling rigs (SAR) and all contractor rigs not using an approved
Permit to Work (PTW) procedure as defined in HSERM/A/A-12/SWAP/paragraph No.2.B below.

B. Drilling Contractors shall be permitted to use their own PTW procedure provided:

1) The contractor PTW procedure has been reviewed by the Drilling Operational Excellence &
Compliance Division (DOE&CD), Division Head or his designate, and found to comply with the
requirements of G.I.2.100 and verified in writing prior to work commencement.

2) The contractor PTW system shall cover the rig activities identified in their PTW process.

3) The contractor personnel and the D&WO Liaisonman follow their responsibilities (as defined in
HSERM/A/A-12/SWAP/paragraph No.5A/Responsibilities).

3. Definitions

A. Person In Charge (PIC)

1) SAR Rigs

The PIC is the Toolpusher or, in his temporary absence, his designate. On Mobile Offshore Drilling
Units (MODU), depending on the type of operations, the PIC is the Offshore Installation Manager
(OIM)/Barge Master (or designate).

B. SWAP Issuers

The SAR rig supervisors who have received training — (as defined in HSERM/A/A-
12/SWAP/paragraph No.10/Training), and are certified by their employer to issue the SWAP form —
are designated issuers.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 98 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued

C. SWAP Receivers

The craft supervisors, craftsmen, or others who have received training — (as defined in HSERM/A/A-
12/SWAP/paragraph No.10/Training), and are certified by their employer to sign the SWAP form are the
designated receivers.

D. Hot Work

Any Work outside the designated “welding shop” that develops sparks, flames or heat sufficient to cause
ignition. This shall apply to the use of spark or flame producing tools and equipment.

E. Cold Work

Work that will not produce sufficient energy to ignite flammable a atmosphere or material.

F. Confined Space

The entry of personnel into any space or structure (tank, vessel, vault, excavation when 4 feet or deeper,
etc.) not normally intended for human occupancy, in which entry, movement within or exit is restricted.

4. Function of the SWAP

A. The SWAP is intended to be applied to those jobs which represent a potential hazard to company
operations, personnel or equipment. Extremely low risk jobs, as determined by Drilling Operations, may
be exempt from the SWAP. Included could be carpentry (without power tools), inspections in non-
hazardous areas, cleaning or lubricating non-hydrocarbon equipment, and certain classes of non-flash
photography where Drilling Operations determine these jobs can be conducted safely without a SWAP.

1) Examples of Work that may be performed without a SWAP are:

a. Routine drilling operations.

b. Routine materials handling.

c. Routine Helideck operations.

d. Routine crane operations.

e. Routine Cold Work inside workshops and within accommodation units.

2) In such cases, Drilling Operations must maintain adequate control in the workplace. On a
practical level, the SWAP shall:

a. Limit the scope of the task.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 99 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued

b. Ensure supervisors and crew members follow procedures, are informed of and heed necessary
safety precautions and recognize the need for and use required safety equipment.

c. Encourage pre-task planning, minimizing risk to personnel and equipment, and reduce the
inconvenience and interference to other operations.

d. Increase the awareness of personnel responsible for the overall safety of the unit by providing
documented details of potentially hazardous activities in progress.

e. Provide a continuous control and record of ongoing work activities, detailing the nature of the
work, required precautions/safeguards, and the responsible competent person in charge.

f. Ensure that upon completion of work, equipment and site are left in a safe condition.

g. Provide formal notification of completion of all work to the PIC.

B. The SWAP shall include, but is not limited to the following operations:

1) Any Hot work involving welding, burning, heating, and any other spark producing activity or potential
ignition source outside the designated “welding shop.”

2) Work requiring entry in any tank or confined space.

3) Work where there is a danger of falling into the sea or any working over water activity.

4) Work involving the use of unapproved electrical equipment (i.e.; camera, flashguns, radios, cell
telephones, etc..).

5) Work on any pressurized system where there is a possibility of pressure being released.

6) Work on electrical or mechanical equipment requiring energy isolation to ensure the safety of
personnel. Any Lock-Out/Tag-Out Energy Isolation (LOTO) conducted on SAR Rigs shall follow the
requirements of HSERM/A/A-12/SWAP/Appendix No.1/SWAP Form - Example.

7) Work on electrical equipment in hazardous areas to eliminate sources of ignition.

8) Work carried out below sea level (i.e.; columns, pontoons, tanks, etc.) that might affect the station
keeping, structural integrity, stability of the Rig or certification.

9) Work that might affect or disable the Rig’s safety systems (i.e.; firefighting, gas detection, watertight
doors, etc..).

10) Man riding operations, this shall include the use of a man-ridding air hoist, work baskets whether
suspended by a crane or air hoist.

11) Personnel transfer to or from MODU to supply vessel.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 100 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued

12) Work involving perforating or acidizing operations, radioactive materials, explosives or other
dangerous substances.

13) Work on/or near moving equipment where safety barriers and guards have to be bypassed.

14) Work involving heavy lifts with material handling equipment (i.e.; cranes, BOP hoists, etc..) that are
near maximum safe working loads (85%).

15) Any crane lift that is determined to be a “Critical Lift” (as defined in G.I. 7.028, Section 5.0).

16) Opening the Master Dump Valve.

17) Flaring and/or flow testing of wells.

18) Maintenance of the draw-works, pumps, rotary table, top drive systems, engines, generators, water
treatment plant, life boat, all Derrick sections, deep water wells or tanks.

19) Pressure testing BOPs.

20) Cementing operations.

21) Removing well heads.

22) Installation and testing of all Contractor equipment.

23) Any maintenance on the accumulator unit.

24) Any raising or lowering of the mast.

25) Slipping and cutting drill line.

26) Any Rig up or Rig down by a Workover Rig over an existing wellhead (as defined in SA OIM
19.016).

27) Any repair to the jacking or ballasting system of an offshore rig (MODU).

28) Any work to be performed or equipment to be moved near or around overhead power lines.

Note: This list is not definitive, if in doubt, use the SWAP.

C. SWAP Form

The SWAP form (refer to HSERM/A/A-12/SWAP/Appendix No.1/SWAP Form - Example) must be


issued, as appropriate for specific work on a specific site. The SWAP form is for work defined in
paragraph 4.B of this procedure.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 101 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued

5. Responsibilities

A. Contractor Rigs

1) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor Rig Line Management Staff to fully implement their
approved PTW procedure.

2) It is the responsibility of the Aramco Liaisonman on a contractor rig, to ensure that contractor
personnel comply with their PTW procedure. He shall do this by reviewing the filed PTW forms at
least once a month and periodically monitor work being conducted under the PTW.

3) The Aramco Liaisonman must be notified by the contractor of all permits before they are issued. He
shall “initial” all permits beside the signature of the contractor “permit issuer” to acknowledge
notification of the work.

4) The SA Liaisonman shall be responsible for ensuring safe operations for any “Hot Work” within 10
feet of the wellhead.

He shall:

a. Review the contractor PTW before work starts.

b. Determine if the mitigations and safety precautions specified for this work are adequate for safe
operations.

c. Recommend additional mitigations if he determines that the safety precautions in HSERM/A/A-


12/SWAP/paragraph No.4.b are not adequate.

d. When HSERM/A/A-12/SWAP/paragraph No.4.a, b and c are completed to his satisfaction, he


shall initial the contractor PTW form beside the signature of the issuer.

5) He has the responsibility to stop work and advise the issuer of his action any time he determines the
safety of the job or any unsafe conditions in the area do not meet the conditions on the contractor
work permit. He shall advise the issuer to take action to correct deficiencies before allowing the job to
resume.

B. Saudi Aramco (SAR) Rigs

1) The PIC (Offshore Installation Manager (OIM)/Barge Master (or designate))

Responsible for the overall control of the SWAP and shall ensure:

a. All work requiring a SWAP is identified.

b. SWAP contains a clear description of the work to be done, the location, start time and duration.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 102 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued

c. SWAP activities that may interact or affect one another are clearly and effectively cross-
referenced and managed.

d. All other work, which would create a hazard if undertaken at the same time, is made safe and
suspended.

e. All persons involved in the preparation of SWAP’s and responsible for the supervision and
performance of the job are identified.

f. SWAP’s do not extend beyond 12 hours or end of tour, whichever occurs first, and any work
continuing after a tour change is not resumed until a new SWAP is issued.

Exception: If “long term isolation” is required that extends past the time limits (12 hours or end
of tour), the long term isolation shall be performed as per HSERM/A/A-19/LOTO.

g. The following activities shall only be issued by the PIC:

1. Work on safety systems (i.e.; Fire/Gas detection, lifesaving, etc.).

2. Hot work in hazardous location areas.

3. Entry into all confined space.

4. Work over water.

2) SWAP Issuer

Responsible for the work area in which the task is to be performed. He shall ensure that:

a. All hazards associated with the proposed job have been identified.

b. All Safety measures required for the job have been identified in a JSA.

c. Pre-Job Safety meeting to be held prior to each SWAP task and JSA to be reviewed.

d. The work site is examined; the safety measures are in place and remain in effect for the duration of
the job. I.e., barricades, PPE and gas testing.

e. The persons conducting the work are aware of the precautions to be taken, the safety equipment
to be used and the procedures to be applied during the period of the SWAP.

f. The work site is inspected prior to work commencing, at any time work is suspended or re-started
and on completion of the job to verify that it is left in a safe condition.

g. Before SWAP cancellation or closeout, ensure that all precautions or isolations required to be
withdrawn are completed, and any associated systems are returned to normal operating condition.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 103 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued

3) SWAP Receiver

The senior person assigned to the task. He shall ensure:

a. The operation of the SWAP system and requirements of the SWAP are understood by all
personnel associated with the identified task and the applicable procedures are followed.

b. Any additional instruction or training is given to the work group to ensure understanding of the
SWAP and the specific precautions required for the work.

c. The conditions and precautions specified in the SWAP issued for the job are fully understood and
adhered to.

d. When a job has been completed or suspended, the SWAP Issuer is informed and the SWAP
document returned and/or signed off and the worksite is made safe.

6. Issuance and Approval of SWAP form

A. The receiver requests SWAP from the Issuer.

B. The issuer shall issue the SWAP form after he (or his designated representative) has visited the site,
performed the appropriate gas tests, listed applicable precautions and restrictions and reviewed aspects
of the job with the receiver. The issuer's and receiver's signatures must be on the completed form.

C. Before issuing the SWAP, all necessary actions to approve the proposed work and/or possible
configuration changes must be completed. The issuer must confirm that the receiver's certificate is valid
and approved for the type of work to be done.

D. The issuer must obtain the approval and signature of other operations supervisors (Issuers) whose
operations will be affected, before issuing a permit.

E. During an Emergency the issuer may permit work without a SWAP. He should issue a SWAP as soon as
he can. This section is only applicable to the actions of workers during the implementation of the rig
Emergency Response Plan (ERP).

F. The issuer and receiver are jointly responsible for the safety of people and equipment in the area. The
issuer is responsible for specifying precautions so the work can be done without incident. The receiver is
responsible for performing the work in accordance with the conditions and requirements agreed upon
with the issuer and written on the SWAP.

G. The SWAP is for specific work on a specific site. Transfer from one craft to a different craft is not
permitted.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 104 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued

H. The receiver of a SWAP must keep a copy in his possession or within view of the job site for the duration
of the job so that it may be available for inspection and cancellation if necessary. If he must leave the job
site, he shall, if the issuer concurs, relinquish supervisory control to another certified receiver, until
he returns. The alternate receiver’s name and badge number must be written on the SWAP by the
issuer.

7. Right to Stop Work and Cancel SWAP

A. The Issuer

May stop a job and withdraw a SWAP if he feels that safety of the job does not meet with conditions
specified on the work authorization.

1) When work is stopped the Issuer must pick up the SWAP, write the reason for stopping the work, the
time and other relevant information.

2) When conditions are safe again the issuer may issue a new SWAP.

B. The Receiver

Has the responsibility to stop work and advise the issuer of his action any time he feels the safety of the
job or any unsafe conditions in the area do not meet the conditions on the SWAP. He and the issuer shall
take action to correct deficiencies and resume the job.

C. All Unnecessary Personnel

Whose presence adversely affects the safety of the job must be removed and kept from the job site or
work shall be stopped.

8. Closing SWAP Documents

SWAP’s shall be closed by the signatures of both the issuer and the receiver.

9. Filing SWAP’s

Upon completion of the work and after the SWAP is closed (as per paragraph 8), the three (3) copies shall
be filed together and retained on the rig for no less than 12 months.

10. Training and Certification

A. Training

SWAP courses are conducted by Planning and Technical Services/Training and Professional
Development Unit.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 105 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued

The purpose of the courses is to acquaint potential issuers/receivers/gas testers with the SWAP Process.

B. Certification

Upon successful completion of the SWAP course and any required prerequisite course (Hazard
Recognition, Gas Tester), the candidate shall be issued a certificate of achievement.

C. Any person Issuing or Receiving a SWAP

Persons issuing or receiving a SWAP must have in his possession a valid issuer or receiver certificate, as
appropriate.

D. The Department must maintain Records

All departments within the scope of this document must maintain records of their SWAP issuer/receiver
certified personnel. Certificates expire two years after the date of issue, accordingly issuers and receivers
must be recertified every two years.

11. Periodic Reviews

All departments within the scope of this document are required to review their own operations to ensure
compliance with this procedure.

12. SWAP Form

The SWAP form (HSERM/A/A-12/SWAP/Appendix No.1/SWAP Form - Example) is a numbered, triplicate


“carbon copy” type document.

A. White - Original to be kept at the site of the work being performed or in the custody of the receiver.

B. Pink - Second copy to be displayed on the SAP control board while the SWAP is active.

C. Yellow - Third copy to be retained by the issuer while the SWAP is active.

13. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

14. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

In addition to this procedure, the Rig Operator shall have readily available the following:

A. G.I.2.100 - Work Permit System.

B. OIM 19.016 - Oil/Water Well Workover Activities Instruction.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 106 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued

C. HSERM/A/A-19/LOTO.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 107 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-12/SWAP/Continued
Appendix No.1

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 108 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-13

Monthly HSE
Performance Monitoring
(Score Card)

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 109 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-13 / Monthly HSE Performance Monitoring (MHPM) Score Card
1. Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to provide a means of identifying and quantifying KPI’s (Key Performance
Indicators) as identified in the Drilling and Workover (D&WO) Annual HSE Plan.

2. Scope

The scope of this procedure is applicable to Saudi Aramco Rigs (SAR) and all contractor rigs.

3. Responsibility

A. Saudi Aramco (SA) Liaisonman/Foreman

It is the responsibility of the SA Liaisonman/Foreman to:

1) Ensure that the report is completed as required.

2) Verify correctness of entered data and make corrections, if needed.

3) Forward to his Superintendent for validation.

B. Superintendent

It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to:

1) Review the form for correctness and make corrections, if needed.

2) Validate and sign the form.

3) Forward completed form to the Drilling Operational Excellence & Compliance Division (DOE&CD) on
schedule, the third day of each month.

C. DOE&CD

Data entered in the Monthly Rig HSE Performance Scorecard shall be verified by DOE&CD during
regular rig visits.

1) Documentation shall be examined and sampled against the input data.

2) Discrepancies, in data sampled, shall be recorded and corrected.

3) The SAR Liaisonman shall be made aware of all data discrepancies.

4) The SAR Superintendent shall be made aware of all data discrepancies.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 110 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-13/MHPM/Continued

5) Contractor management shall be made aware of all data discrepancies.

6) Upload the HSE scorecard results into Rig Best system.

4. Definitions (Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A)

A. Days Without Lost Time Accident/Incident (LTA)

This is the total number of days the rig has worked without an LTA. This figure should include the LTA
free days brought forward from previous contracts.

B. Man Hours

This is the total number of hours worked (on tour) by the rig crew (50 personnel, each person works a 12
hour tour, 50 x 12 = 600) Work hours must include all leased labor who are under the direct supervision
of the drilling/service contractor this includes catering crew. Agency labor performing the duties of regular
crew must be included. Third party labor such as service companies (casing crews, Wireline crews, etc..)
are not considered agency labor and should not be included in the man hours (refer to IADC for
guidance).

C. Personnel on Board (POB)

This is the total number of rig crew assigned to the rig, this includes lease labor under the direct
supervision of the drilling contractor such as catering crew and all day visitors to the rig in that 24 hour
period.

D. A Lost Time Accident/Incident (LTI)

A work-related personal injury or illness which prevents a person from conducting his/her assigned
duties, in a restricted or unrestricted capacity, beyond the “tour” or watch during the incident occurred. A
factor to be considered when classifying an injury or illness is the ability of the employee to evacuate the
facility during an emergency.

An LTI includes death or occupational injury or illness incurred by a work-related activity during regular
on-tour or on-watch duty. Personal injuries incurred during crew boat/helicopter transport, crew change
(to or from the rig), and during hours at the rig but off tour are not classified as LTIs.

If an employee’s work-related injury or illness affects his ability to make their next scheduled
“tour” of duty, it shall be classified as an LTI if:

1) In the judgment of the rig Medic, the employee, after examination cannot be issued a Full Duty
release or a Restricted Duty Injury release and return to his next scheduled “tour.”

Or

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 111 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-13/MHPM/Continued

2) In the judgment of the doctor, the employee, after examination, cannot be issued a Full Duty release
or a Restricted Duty Injury release and return to their next scheduled “tour,” except as outlined in the
IADC ASP Guidelines. Provided the doctor issues a Full Duty release or Restricted Duty Injury
release following examination, time delays due to transportation, or while awaiting examination
results, shall not be used in classifying LTIs.

Full Duty release or Restricted Duty Injury release from a doctor before returning to work on his next
regularly scheduled hitch, the personal injury shall not be classified a LTI.

E. A Fatality (FAT)

FAT is a work-related injury or illness that results in death. A FAT is a Recordable incident.

5. Procedure

A. General Information

1) The report form is a Microsoft Excel spread sheet;


(Refer to HSERM/A/A-13/MHPM/Appendix No.1).

a. Do not delete formulas.

b. The layout of the form must not be altered.

c. All data entered must be numerical.

d. The completed report must be submitted to DOE&CD by the 2nd day of each month.

2) Completing the form

a. D&WO SMS Element No.3 – Communications

1. Weekly Safety Meetings

Enter the total number of weekly safety meetings conducted at the rig site that day.
Comments required (topics discussed, who lead the meeting).

2. Pre-tour Meetings

Enter the total number of pre-tour meetings conducted at the rig site that day.
Comments required (topics discussed).

b. D&WO SMS Element No.4 – Competency and Training

1. Employee Training

Enter percentage (%) of rig employee training completed as per Training matrix.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 112 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-13/MHPM/Continued

c. D&WO SMS Element No.6 – Safe Operations

1. General Safety and H2S Orientation Meetings

Enter the total number of personnel registered and received General Safety and H2S
orientation that day.

d. D&WO SMS Element No.8 – Emergency Preparedness

1. Pit Drills
Enter the total number of pit drills conducted by the rig on that day.

2. Trip Drills

Enter the total number of trip drills conducted by the rig on that day.

3. H2S Release Emergency Drill

Enter the total number of H2S release emergency drills conducted, comments required
(Monthly requirement).

4. H2S Rescue Drill

Enter the total number of H2S rescue drills conducted, comments required (Weekly for each
crew).

5. Fire Fighting
Enter the total number of firefighting drills conducted by the rig on that day, comments
required where applicable, start fire pumps as part of the drill.

6. Rescue Boat Drill

Enter the total number of Rescue Boat drills conducted, comments required.

7. Abandon Ship Drill

Enter the total number of Abandon Ship drills conducted, comments.

e. D&WO SMS Element No.9 – Incident Reporting and Analysis

1. Aramco Safety/Operational Alerts

Enter the total number of Aramco Safety/Operational Alerts received and reviewed.

2. Lost Time Injury/Illness Case (LTI)

The total number of LTI that occur that day must be inserted, comments required.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 113 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-13/MHPM/Continued

3. On-Job Fatality (FAT)

All Fatalities that have occurred that day must be entered, comments required.

f. D&WO SMS Element No.11 – Continuous Improvement

1. Days Without LTI

This is the total number of days the rig has worked without an LTI insert the total number of
days under the month date, this shall be a running total.

g. Environmental Protection

1. Oil Spills

All oil spills that have occurred that day must be entered, comments required.

h. General

1. Man Hours

This is the total number of hours worked (on tour) by the rig crew, insert the total number of rig
crew hours for that day.

2. POB

This is the total number of persons aboard the rig. Insert the rig crew POB for that day.

6. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

7. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 114 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-13/MHPM/Continued
Appendix No.1

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 115 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-14

Job Safety Analysis

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 116 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-14 / Job Safety Analysis (JSA)
1. Purpose

The purpose of this Drilling and Workover (D&WO) Job Safety Analysis (JSA) procedure is to:

A. Provide a means of identifying workplace hazards prior to performing work.

B. Identify the control measures necessary to reduce the risks associated with those hazards to a level
which is As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP).

C. Communicate the hazards and the control strategies to the workers involved in or affected by the work

2. Scope

The scope of this procedure is applicable to Saudi Aramco Rigs (SAR).

3. Responsibilities

It is the responsibility of the Person In Charge (PIC) to ensure that the Job Safety Analysis process (JSA) is
utilized in the safe planning of work activities.

4. Definitions

A. Risk - probability that during a period of activity a hazard will result in an incident/accident with
definable consequences.

B. Hazard - An object, condition or behavior with the potential to interrupt or interfere with the orderly
progress of an activity. The source may be from substances, machinery, stored energy, physical
methods of work or organization of the work itself.

C. Risk Reduction Measure - any provision (behavioral, hardware or procedural) that eliminates or
reduces the hazard.

D. Job Safety Analysis (JSA) - A JSA is a process for identifying hazards or potential hazards that can
be anticipated during the performance of a specific job, and the control strategies required to make the
work safe. The threshold of the control measures is ALARP. The JSA process is focused at the
specific supervisor and/or crew level. The JSA must be completed prior to the start of the job. Re-
assessment must also be completed when a significant change of scope occurs or if conflicting work
is being done.

The JSA involves both the site supervision and employees involved in the work. Aramco Liaisonman
who direct the work being carried out by service company workers have to ensure the service company
have and use a comparable process (JSA) or manage the work with this procedure.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 117 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-14/JSA/Continued

E. Hazard Control Strategies

1) Engineering Controls - Engineering control of hazards deals with the elimination or isolation of the
hazard from the worker, and physically limits the workers exposure to the hazard. Engineering
controls are the preferred method of controlling hazards.

2) Administrative Controls - Administrative controls deal with the directing of people and include
policy, procedure and training. Administrative controls reduce or limit the amount of exposure an
employee has to a specific hazard.

3) Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) - PPE is the final line of defense against hazards in the
workplace. It is implemented only after other reasonably practicable means of eliminating a hazard
have been attempted.

5. Procedure

A. General Information

JSAs shall be used to ensure that all hazards relative to the site’s work activities have been identified
and controlled. It shall be noted that extreme hazards encountered while performing emergency
response duties during events such as well blowout, explosion, vessel collision, structural failure, facility
fire, etc., do not require independent JSAs since those subjects are accounted for within the Safety
Management System (Emergency Response Manual, Well Control Manual, etc.). Extreme hazards
such as those listed need only to be incorporated into JSAs if they pose a real threat simultaneous to
other work activities. Some examples of this situation would be the potential for well control problems
while running tubulars or the possibility of structural failure while performing rig modifications. The JSA
must be reviewed with all workers involved in or affected by this job.

B. Jobs That Require a JSA

1) First time jobs or where people have little experience on the job.

2) Jobs that are not done very often.

3) Jobs that have high incident rates or safety concerns.

4) If conditions change while performing the job that create new hazards.

5) If there are a number of jobs happening close to each other.

6) Whenever a permit to work is required.

7) When there is no written procedure in place.

C. For the assessment process to be effective, it must be systematic and consider all aspects of a
particular activity.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 118 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-14/JSA/Continued

The assessment process shall:

1) Consider human work time risk factors relating to sleep deprivation and fatigue. Address corrective
actions that result from sleep deprivation/fatigue caused by work periods beyond the normal 12
hour per day tour; long crew change travel without a reasonable sleep period prior to starting work;
extended work periods beyond normal 12 hour per day multiple days in a row; and environmental
factors (extreme heat/cold).

2) Address what actually happens in the workplace or during the work activity.

3) Consider non-routine activities such as repair work, well testing, diving operations, etc..

4) Address the possibility of changed circumstances during the activity, for example tour change or
temporary stoppage of the job.

5) Give careful consideration to what circumstances or hazards have changed since the last time the
activity was carried out.

6) Consider human factors. Poor communication, inadequate leadership, lack of application, etc.. are
examples of how behavioral issues can influence the successful outcome of an activity. Suitable
control measures should be developed and applied to mitigate these circumstances also.

D. How to Conduct a JSA

1) Determine whether a formal JSA is needed (Refer to HSERM/A/A-14/JSA/paragraph No.5.B).

2) Review any existing documents or JSAs already developed for this job. The use of a generic JSA
as a sole source process is prohibited as per Section 5.F of this procedure.

3) Decide who the JSA team members shall be. The JSA must be led by the supervisor or someone
competent in the JSA process.

4) Break the job down into basic steps. A balance needs to be struck between making the steps too
general, resulting in missing specific steps and their associated hazards, and too detailed, leading
to excessive steps. It is recommended that each job should be limited to a maximum of ten steps. If
more than ten steps are required, it is usually better to break the job into multiple jobs, for
developing JSAs. Each step should begin with an action word (e.g., open, remove, check) and end
with a subject (e.g., pump, hoist, valve). This part of the preparation can be done by watching the
worker do the job) Do not include statements like “conduct safety meeting” in the basic steps
section of the JSA. That should be in the Preventive Measures section of the JSA.

5) Identify who shall do that step then record that worker on the JSA.

6) Identify the potential hazards for each step. To assist in identifying hazards, questions such as the
following can be asked:

a. Can any body part get caught in or between objects?

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 119 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-14/JSA/Continued

b. Do tools, machines, or equipment present any hazards?

c. Is equipment fit for purpose?

d. Could equipment operating limits be exceeded?

e. Can the worker make harmful contact with objects?

f. Can the worker slip, trip or fall?

g. Can the worker suffer strain from lifting, pushing, or pulling?

h. Is the worker exposed to extreme temperatures?

i. Is excessive noise or vibration a problem?

7) Recommend ways to control the hazards (safety measures).

8) Identify who is responsible for the individual control measures and record on the JSA. This person
must be competent to do what he is assigned to do. e.g.; if you require control measures such as
“gas testing” or inspect “rigging hardware,” the assigned person must be competent in this skill
set.

9) Complete the JSA form.

10) Review the JSA with the workers as per Section 5.4 of this procedure.

11) Perform the job.

12) Review and update the formal JSA.

E. Communication

Before commencing the work activity, all personnel involved (directly or indirectly) must be informed of
the results of the assessment and fully understand their roles and responsibilities.

This communication may be accomplished via a Pre-job Safety Meeting (PJSM) or Pre-Tour Meeting
(PTM). If the review takes place more than twelve hours prior to the work activity actually commencing,
the JSA must again be reviewed immediately prior to starting the task to ensure that the conditions
have not changed or a re-assignment is called for. Similarly if the JSA for a task was completed by the
Off-going crew then the crew, assuming responsibility for completion of that task must review and
update the JSA for their continued use.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 120 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-14/JSA/Continued

F. Generic JSA

To simplify the JSA process and reduce the requirement to re-write the same information every time a
repetitive task is undertaken, a catalogue of Generic JSAs may be constructed. The information
detailed on these Generic JSAs may then be used to form the foundation of Task-Specific JSAs, which
are completed for particular work activities.

Note: If Generic JSAs are used to manage the risk of work activities they shall always be reviewed and
updated by the crew performing the task and shall never be considered to be adequate as
standalone documents without review and revision as necessary.

G. Filing JSA Documents for Review

1) Generic JSAs shall be maintained on the rig in an electronic format. Adequate space shall be
allowed between successive steps, hazards and mitigation to allow the user to add to the document
when preparing the job specific JSA.

2) Job specific JSAs shall be filed on the rig for at least 12 months to facilitate the audit process. It is
recommended that the JSA and PJSM document that is linked to the work gets filed together.

6. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

7. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 121 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-15

Safety Inspection
and
Reporting Procedure

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 122 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15 / Safety Inspection and Reporting Procedure (SI&RP)
1. Purpose

D&WO Safety Inspection Process is a monitoring function. It is conducted on all rigs to find and report existing
and potential hazards in the on-the-job area. Its objective is to help fulfill Corporate and Departmental
policy of providing and maintaining a safe and healthy work environment for SA and Contractor employees
alike.

D&WO uses both the Continuous and Planned Specific Interval types of inspections. Comprehensive check lists
are used so that important items/areas are not overlooked. The inspection program shall incorporate auditing of
elements of the D&WO Safety Management System (SMS). These audits check the implementation and
compliance of various elements in the SMS programs of both D&WO and the contractor.

2. Scope

The scope of this procedure is applicable to Saudi Aramco Drilling Rigs (SAR) and all Contractor Rigs.

This procedure does not supersede corporate requirements. Where this process conflicts with corporate
requirements, corporate requirements shall apply.

3. Planned Specific Interval Inspection(s)

A. Annual General Inspections for Saudi Aramco owned rigs.

B. Safety Inspections for all rigs.

C. Environmental Health Inspections for all rigs.

D. ATTEST SMS audits of all rigs.

E. SMS Compliance audits of all drilling contractors (Contractor compliance to their Corporate SMS, not D&WO SMS)

F. SAR Quarterly Safety Inspections (QSI), SAR Rigs Only.

G. MODU 3-Month Compliance Inspection (3-MCI) (Refer to DOE&CD website/online forms).

H. Onshore 3-MCI (Refer to DOE&CD website/online forms).

I. MODU Bi-Annual Safety Inspection (Refer to DOE&CD website/online forms).

J. Onshore Bi-Annual Safety Inspection (Refer to DOE&CD website/online forms).

K. Intermittent Inspections on an as needed basis for all rigs that includes:

1) Hand Tools, Power Tools and Equipment Pre-Use Inspections

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 123 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

Hand tools are those tools for which the hand provides the motive force, e.g., shovels, hammers,
wrenches, etc. Power tools are those tools which have an integral motive force. For the purpose of
this section, equipment refers to all other items used by a worker to assist him in the performance of
his job, including PPE, e.g., fall protection harness, webbing slings, ladders, etc. A worker must
perform a pre-use visual inspection of any hand tool, power tool or equipment, when using it for the
first time during his tour to ensure it is free from defect or deficiency and is properly equipped with
any guard or safety accessory required by Aramco standards. This is an undocumented inspection.

2) Pre-Spud Inspection

After moving a rig onto a new location but prior to spud, the PIC (person in charge) shall ensure that the
worksite and rig equipment is inspected as per the Pre-Spud Checklist.

3) Rig/Location Release Inspection

When vacating a well site, the PIC shall ensure that the site is inspected as per the Rig/Location Release
Checklist.

4) PIC Safety Inspection

This inspection is performed once a week by the foreman on a SAR rig and by the Aramco Liaisonman or
Contractor PIC on a contractor rig. He shall take this opportunity to verify the rig’s compliance with the
Inspection Policy by examining the documentation for the previous weeks required inspections and
comparing it to the actual condition of the worksite. The PIC shall sign and date the original inspection
document after he has completed his inspection, adding any comments from his observations. This shall
be the only documentation required to verify his weekly inspection responsibilities. This is not intended to
be a detailed site inspection by the PIC. It is an opportunity to verify and enhance the efforts of the workers
responsible for all other inspections.

5) Daily Mobile Equipment Pre-Use Inspection

This shall be performed by the operator of any mobile equipment, e.g., forklift, elevating work platform,
motor vehicle, etc. This documented inspection shall conform to the OEM (Original Equipment
Manufacturer) recommended pre-use inspection process. The inspection report or log shall be available
for review.

6) Daily Crane Pre-Use Inspection

Pre-operational inspections shall be performed by the crane operator daily, prior to use, during tour
changes, or whenever operators are changed, using the appropriate daily inspection checklist (SA
9466 Crane Operators Checklist). This inspection report shall be available for review.

7) Derrick Mast Inspection

The driller shall ensure that the derrick is inspected once a week as per D&WO/SWIM-001/No.4/D&M. He
may delegate the inspection to the Derrickman but retains responsibility for its completion.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 124 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

8) Monthly DROPS (Zones) Inspection

The Rig Operator PIC shall ensure that monthly DROPS inspections are completed in the five (5) derrick
zones as outlined in HSERM/A/A-7/DP. These inspections shall be documented

9) Drillers Pre-Tour Inspection

This inspection shall be conducted by the oncoming driller at the start of his tour. It shall be done in
conjunction with the turnover at tour change. The inspection shall be performed as per HSERM/A/A-
24/Pre-Tour Checklist/Driller Handover and be documented on the attached checklist.

10) Continuous Inspections

The Continuous Inspection portion of the Inspection Program is covered by Liaisonman/Foreman


inspecting the work area; by contractor supervisory personnel (as applicable) and by employees at all
time.

11) Travelling blocks

Testing and setting procedures are to be put in place by the Rig Contractor and posted clearly on
the drill floor. The limiting devices testing and setting procedures are to be performed by the Driller
at the beginning of each tour and immediately after drill line slip and cut operations. These checks
are to be reported in the IADC tour book for each 12 hours (Refer to HSERM/C/C-7/TB).

12) Other Inspections

Additional inspections by Environmental Health shall be scheduled by the Manager for each of the SA
owned facilities on an annual basis.

13) Pre-Commencement Inspection

A comprehensive pre-commencement inspection shall be conducted on all rigs by a combined


D&WO operations and safety team prior to acceptance of any rig under a new contract, rigs
moving from one department to another and following any offshore rig shipyard visit. All critical
deficiencies are to be rectified before drilling into the first potential hydrocarbon zone (Refer to
D&WO/DOE&CD/PCP-003).

4. Safety Inspection and Reporting (SIR)

The SIR process provides a formal inspection system to identify deficiencies in; D&WO Contractor
facilities, equipment, work areas and documentation. Its objective is to meet corporate and departmental
policies for providing and maintaining a safe and healthy work environment for SA and Contractor
employees alike.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 125 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

A. Responsibilities

1) Drilling Operational Excellence & Compliance Division (DOE&CD) - Safety Compliance Unit (SCU)

Responsible for the verification of all submitted contractor safety inspection reports.

2) DOE&CD - SCU - Lead Field Compliance Coordinator

a. Shall develop an annual Bi-Annual Safety Inspection schedule to visit and audit each rig/asset under
his area of responsibility twice per year with 6 monthly intervals (Bi-Annual Safety Inspection).

b. Ensure that a detailed Bi-Annual Safety Inspection (MODU/Onshore) for each rig under his area of
responsibility is completed twice per year (as far as is reasonably practicable) as per the developed
schedule (Refer to DOE&CD website/online forms).

c. Ensure that when completing the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection the DOE&CD - SCU - Safety Inspection
Check List is completed in its entirety and submitted to the DOE&CD - SCU Administrator.

d. Ensure that a copy of the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection closeout meeting attendance sheet is submitted
to the DOE&CD - SCU Administrator on the completion of each inspection.

e. Ensure that a copy of the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection deficiency action list is submitted to the
DOE&CD - SCU Administrator on the completion of each inspection.

f. Ensure that a copy of the emergency drill report, conducted as part of the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection,
is submitted to the DOE&CD - SCU Administrator on the completion of each inspection.

g. Ensure that a copy of the “Comprehensive Environmental Health Assessment” (CEHA) checklist
is submitted to the DOE&CD - SCU Administrator on the completion of each inspection.

h. Ensure that a copy of the “Environmental Performance Assessment” (EPA) checklist is submitted
to the DOE&CD - SCU Administrator on the completion of each inspection.

i. Ensure that all “MODU/Onshore Quarterly Safety Inspection (3-MCI) checklists” submitted by the
D&WO contractor are reviewed, and any identified issue, that shall immediately effect the safe
operation of the rig, are addressed with the relevant D&WO Superintendent immediately (Refer to:
D&WO/DOE&CD website/online forms for current forms).

j. Apply sound risk management techniques when mitigating risk to SA operations.

k. Ensure that all potentially significant Safety issues are identified on the D&WO Morning Report.

l. Perform a RCA of all repeat/reoccurring inspection/audit deficiencies.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 126 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

3) DOE&CD - SCU - Field Compliance Coordinator

As part of the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection, the DOE&CD - SCU Field Compliance Coordinator
shall:

a. Complete a detailed Bi-Annual Safety Inspection, for each rig under his area of responsibility, twice
per year as far as is reasonably practicable, as per the developed schedule.

b. As part of the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection, he shall ensure that the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection Check
List is completed in its entirety and submitted to the DOE&CD - SCU Lead Field Compliance
Coordinator with a copy to the DOE&CD - SCU Administrator on the completion of each inspection.

c. He shall ensure that an opening meeting is conducted with the D&WO Contractor PIC and SA
Liaisonman as a minimum, before the start of the inspection.

d. He shall conduct a closeout meeting with the D&WO Contractor PIC and SA Liaisonman as a
minimum, before leaving the rig.

e. He shall submit a DRAFT copy of the final deficiency action list to the drilling contractor PIC and the
SA Liaisonman before leaving the rig.

f. As part of the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection, he shall ensure that a copy of the completed Bi-Annual
Safety Inspection closeout meeting attendance sheet is submitted to the DOE&CD - SCU Lead Field
Compliance Coordinator with a copy to the DOE&CD - SCU Administrator on the completion of each
Bi-Annual Safety Inspection.

g. As part of the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection, he shall ensure that a copy of the completed Bi-Annual
Safety Inspection deficiency action list is submitted to the DOE&CD - SCU Lead Field Compliance
Coordinator with a copy to the DOE&CD - SCU Administrator on the completion of each Bi-Annual
Safety Inspection.

h. As part of the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection, he shall ensure that a copy of the completed emergency
drill report, conducted as part of the Bi-Annual Safety Inspection, is submitted to the DOE&CD - SCU
Lead Field Compliance Coordinator with a copy to the DOE&CD - SCU Administrator on the
completion of each Bi-Annual Safety Inspection.

i. Ensure that all “Inspection checklists” submitted by the D&WO Contractor are reviewed and any
identified issue that shall immediately effect the safe operation of the rig are addressed with the
relevant D&WO Superintendent immediately.

j. Apply sound risk management techniques when mitigating risk to SA operations.

k. Ensure each document includes; Name of the DOE&CD - SCU – Field Compliance Coordinator, his
signature, ID number and date.

4) DOE&CD - Safety Compliance Unit (SCU) Administrator

a. Ensure that all relevant submitted reports are uploaded into the SCU Data Base.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 127 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

b. Ensure that all Bi-annual report documents are submitted for each inspection.

c. Ensure that all Bi-annual report documents are collated ready for submittal to the relevant
Department Manager.

d. Prepare a cover letter for each complete Bi-annual report, addressed from the DOE&CD -
Division Head to the relevant Department Manager.

e. Perform Trend Analysis of all findings from all inspection/audit reports.

5) Drilling Contractor Person In Charge (PIC)

a. Act as Inspection Team Chairman for all inspections under his responsibility.

b. Ensure that the current Inspection Check List (Rig Safety Inspection Check list) is completed
monthly.

c. Ensure that the completed check list is submitted to the relevant SA Superintendent and
DOE&CD – SCU - Lead Field Compliance Coordinator by the last day of each month.

d. Submit a copy of the Inspection checklist to the SA Liaisonman.

e. Implement the closeout of identified deficiencies.

f. Make the SA D&WO Liaisonman and Superintendent aware of items of critical importance.

g. Make the SA D&WO Liaisonman and Superintendent aware of items outstanding for prolonged
periods.

H. The Drilling Contractor PIC (Person in Charge) is responsible for the timely completion of the
Quarterly Safety inspection.

I. Ensure that a post-inspection meeting with the Rig Liaisonman and the contractor PIC is
conducted at the end of the inspection, all deficiencies shall be discussed.

J. Ensure that the final report is completed in a timely manner and submitted to the SA D&WO
Superintendent, Liaisonman and the DOE&CD Lead HSE Advisor by the 5th day of each month.

K Monitor the closeout of identified deficiencies and make the Rig SA Superintendent and
Liaisonman aware of items outstanding for prolonged periods.

6) Drilling Contractor Management

a. Responsible for the implementation of this Safety Inspection and Reporting (SIR) procedure.

b. Provide training and mentoring support to inspection committee members as required.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 128 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

c. Responsible for providing Drilling or Workover rig(s), including all auxiliary equipment, that are
structurally and mechanically capable of performing according to the agreement between the
Rig Operator and the Company (SA).

d. Conduct and document a physical inspection of its rig and all auxiliary equipment on a regular
basis — no less than once per month.

e. Implement a comprehensive Preventive Maintenance (PM) program to keep equipment in good


working condition.

7) SA Liaisonman

Responsible for communicating this procedure to all D&WO Contractor Rig senior personnel.

a. Acts as a team member for Manager's general inspection (as required) and Superintendent's
quarterly inspection.

b. Conducts continuous inspections and BOPE/H2S drills. Monitor that corrective actions prescribed are
documented and carried through and provides feedback to Superintendent.

c. Ensure that the current inspection Check List (Rig Inspection Check list) is completed for every
inspection.

d. Monitor the closeout of identified deficiencies and makes the Rig Superintendent aware of items
outstanding for prolonged periods.

8) D&WO Superintendent

Responsible for monitoring submitted reports for issues of significance to safety and operations. He
shall ensure all safety related issues are promptly addressed.

a. Acts as team member for Manager’s general inspection (as required).

b. Ensures inspections under his responsibility are conducted to schedule.

c. Ensures that appropriate corrective action is taken to remedy deficiencies as quickly as


possible.

d. Monitor the closeout of identified deficiencies.

e. Provides a written summary/quarterly inspection findings to Manager, with copy to DOE&CD


and LPD.

f. Conducts a new rig acceptance inspection and ensures all critical deficiencies are rectified
before drilling the first hydrocarbon zone.

g. Ensure that all potentially significant issues are adequately mitigated using sound risk
management techniques and are identified on the D&WO Morning Report.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 129 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

9) D&WO Manager

a. Enforce compliance with this procedure.

b. Ensure inspections under his responsibility are conducted to schedule.

1. Conduct an Annual General Inspection of SA owned rigs with a team composed of the
following:

A. Superintendent

B. Liaisonman/Foreman

C. Department Safety Advisor

D. Loss Prevention representative.

2. Ensure that SAR QSIs are conducted on all SA owned rigs in his department.

3. Ensure that effective corrective actions are implemented for the identified deficiencies.

10) Environmental Department

Provides periodic health inspection services as required. Additional inspections by Environmental Health
shall be scheduled by the Manager for each of the SA owned facilities on an annual basis.

5. SAR Rig Quarterly Safety Inspection (QSI)

The SAR QSI process provides a formal inspection system to identify deficiencies in; facilities, equipment,
work areas and documentation. Its objective is to help fulfill the corporate and departmental policy of
providing and maintaining a safe and healthy work environment for SA and Contractor employees alike.

A. Responsibilities

1) Department Safety Advisor

a. Provide training and mentoring support to QSI committee members as required.

b. Perform Trend Analysis of all findings from all inspection reports.

c. Perform a RCA of all repeat/reoccurring inspection deficiencies.

2) SA Liaisonman

a. Ensure that the current SAR QSI Check List (Rig Inspection Check list) is completed before the
day of the scheduled inspection.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 130 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

b. Ensure that a pre-inspection meeting with the Inspection Team and the contractor PIC is
conducted on the day of the inspection.

c. Ensure that a post-inspection meeting with the Inspection Team and the contractor PIC is
conducted at the end of the inspection.

d. Monitor the closeout of identified deficiencies and make the Rig Superintendent aware of items
outstanding for prolonged periods.

e. Ensure closed out items from the SAR QSI are identified in the Monthly Rig HSE Monitoring
Report.

f. Act as Inspection Team Chairman for all inspections under his responsibility.

3) Superintendent

a. Ensure that inspections under his responsibility are conducted to schedule.

b. Ensure that SAR QSI inspections are conducted by a team composed of the following, as a
minimum; Liaisonman/Foreman, drilling contractor personnel as required and Loss Prevention
representative as per G.I. 6.011.

c. Act as Inspection Team Chairman for one SAR QSI inspection per rig per year under his
responsibility.

d. Monitor the closeout of identified deficiencies.

4) Manager

a. Ensure that inspections under his responsibility are conducted to schedule.

b. Perform Annual General Inspection by leading SAR QSIs in accordance with D&WO HSE Plan.

c. Monitor the closeout of identified deficiencies.

5) Loss Prevention Department

a. Shall ensure that inspections under his responsibility are conducted to schedule as per G.I.
6.011.

b. Monitor the closeout of identified deficiencies as per G.I. 6.011.

c. Coordinate with the operations department to schedule quarterly safety inspections as per G.I.
6.011.

Note: The point of contact for each department shall be the Department Safety Advisor.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 131 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

6) Inspection Team Chairman

a. The Inspection Team Chairman shall be the person leading or initiating the SAR QSI.

b. Ensure that a pre-inspection meeting with the Rig Liaisonman and the contractor PIC (Person
in Charge) is conducted on the day of the inspection.

c. Ensure that a post-inspection meeting with the Rig Liaisonman and the contractor PIC is
conducted at the end of the inspection, all deficiencies shall be discussed.

d. Ensure that the final report is completed in a timely manner (within 14 days of the initial
inspection) and made available to; the Rig, the Drilling or Workover Department, LPD and
DOE&CD.

e. Monitor the closeout of identified deficiencies and make the Rig Superintendent aware of items
outstanding for prolonged periods.

B. Critical Equipment Safety Inspection List

1) Priority 1 – Past Accident History

a. Cranes, Forklift and Lifting Gear.

b. Accumulator and BOPs.

c. Mud Pumps.

d. Draw-works and Hoisting System.

e. H2S and Fire Protection System (Detection and Response).

f. SCR Module and Cabling.

g. Generators.

2) Priority 2 - High Potential Outcome

High potential outcome if a future accident occurs in terms of harm to people (individual or group).

a. Derrick and Crown Assembly.

b. Choke Manifold and HP Co-flex Hoses.

c. Fall Protection Equipment.

d. Pipe handling Equipment.

e. Shakers, Centrifuges and Gas Separation Equipment.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 132 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

f. Substructure.

g. Flare line and Ignition System.

h. MCC Room.

3) Priority 3 - Operations Disturbance and High Cost

Operations disturbance and high cost effect of the outcome if equipment failure occurs.

a. Hand and Power Tools.

b. Mud Tanks and Circulating System/Piping.

c. Mud Watch System.

d. Drillers Panel.

e. Fuel Storage.

f. Compressed Gas Cylinders.

g. Rig Site Office and Communications.

h. Rig Site Accommodation.

6. Inspection Procedure

A. An inspection team Chairman shall lead the inspection.

B. Each inspection team shall review the previous inspection report to confirm that the identified items
have been rectified.

C. The inspection team shall review the rig inspection checklist and clarify with rig management any
identified items.

D. The inspection team members shall report all unsafe conditions, unsafe acts, housekeeping
deficiencies, deviations from procedure and any other item which may directly or indirectly impact
safety.

E. Drilling Contractor Safety Management Systems (SMS) shall be examined and sampled; this should
include Permit to Work, Hazard Recognition Program and the contractors Training Matrix. Personnel
shall be interviewed to establish their understanding of the contractor SMS.

F. After noting the deficiencies, hazards or other deviations and suggestions for corrective actions, the
team chairman shall ensure a report is submitted to the SA D&WO Superintendent and the DOE&CD
Lead HSE Advisor by the 5th day of each month.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 133 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

G. Inspection of non-compliance items shall be tracked through D&WO safety inspection tracking system
findings.

7. Corrective Actions and Follow-up

A. The rig Liaisonman/Contractor PIC shall initiate corrective actions as soon as possible. He shall
consult with the Department HSE Advisor and the area LPD when necessary.

B. The Rig Liaisonman shall ensure that a proper follow-up system is maintained. The Rig Superintendent
shall monitor the follow-up and close out of all identified items.

C. Where an IDLH (immediately dangerous to life or health) exists, it shall be controlled immediately.

D. Any deficiency not closed shall be identified and highlighted in the following inspection.

E. Superintendents must be informed in writing, of any identified deficiency that remains open for more
than 90 days.

F. Best Practices identified during the inspection should be circulated throughout D&WO via the D&WO
Alerts System “Safety Flash” use pictures if possible to clarify points.

Note: No Priority 1 items shall remain open.

8. Standard Non-Compliance Report Format (Refer to HSERM/A/A-15/SI&RP/Appendix No.1/Example):

A. Item

Insert the item number.

B. Finding

Insert a description of the non-compliance, e.g., MACP not posted, no space out available, drills not
conducted.

C. Standard

Insert the applicable standard, e.g., ASME B30.9.

D. Action Required

What does the standard say e.g., API RP 54 9.3.14 says “When personnel cannot perform
necessary duties from ground level, well servicing rigs shall use a working platform around the
wellhead. The platform should be of sufficient size and strength to support two workers.”

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 134 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

E. Action By

Who is responsible for the implementation of the standard and rectifying the deficiency, e.g., Pool
Arabia, Ensco, and Aramco? It may be necessary to identify individual personnel by name or job title,
e.g., Toolpusher, Electrician, Aramco Liaisonman.

F. Priority

Each identified deficiency must be given a priority of closeout ranging from 1 through 4:

1) Priority 1 - Close immediately.

2) Priority 2 - Close within 2 weeks.

3) Priority 3 - Close before the next scheduled inspection.

4) Priority 4 - Negotiated closeout date.

G. Priorities Classification

1) Priority 1

Close immediately: These items shall be deemed immediately hazardous to life and or the safe
operation of the rig. These items should be closed immediately, if they cannot be closed before the
inspection team leaves the rig, suspension of operations should be considered.

2) Priority 2

Close within 2 weeks: These items shall not be immediately dangerous to life or the safe operating
condition of the rig; they may pose significant hazards which can be controlled for restricted period
not greater than 2 weeks, with adequate mitigations. If adequate mitigations cannot be
implemented, this item should be categorized as a Priority 1.

3) Priority 3

Close before the next scheduled inspection: these items shall not be immediately dangerous to
life or the safe operating condition of the rig, they shall not pose a significant risk to personnel or the
safe operation of the rig, and they shall require minimal mitigation to control the hazard until a
permanent remedy is implemented. If adequate mitigations cannot be implemented, this item
should be categorized as a Priority 2.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 135 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued

4) Priority 4

Negotiated closeout date: These items shall not be immediately dangerous to life or the safe
operating condition of the rig; they shall not pose a significant risk to personnel or the safe operation
of the rig. They shall require a significant amount of time to implement for example; equipment may
have to be ordered, imported or installed. Repairs that can only be completed when the rig is not
working may be required. Specialized training may be required that may have limited training
providers with restricted training schedules.

H. Date Opened

Enter date item was first recognized.

I. Remarks

This will be a short statement to give guidance as to how this item can be closed, e.g., retrain all
personnel in the Permit to Work System. Ensure that the requirement for the completion of closeout is
realistic. Requiring all the rig crew to be trained in the next 7 days would not be realistic as at least 30%
of the crew will be absent at any given time. In the case of items outstanding from previous inspections,
identify when the identified deficiency was first opened.

9. Trend Analysis/Root Cause Analysis

All findings, as a result of any of the stated inspections identified in this procedure, shall have trend
analysis performed, generic/reoccurring deficiencies will be the subject of a root cause analysis.

10. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

11. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 136 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-15/SI&RP/Continued
Appendix No.1

NON-COMPLIANCE REPORT (Example)


DATE: PRIORITY Number of items closed from last
inspection
1=Immediately
2=Within 2 weeks
LOCATION: 3=Before the next 3-MCI Number of items outstanding from 0
4=Indicate negotiated Close-Out Date
previous inspections
Number of new items from present
TYPE:
inspection
0
OUTSTANDING FROM PREVIOUS INSPECTION
STANDARD DATE
ITEM FINDINGS Standard Quote RESPONSIBILITY PRIORITY REMARKS/Guidance to Close
Referenced OPENED

ITEMS IDENTIFIED IN CURRENT INSPECTION


STANDARD DATE
ITEM FINDINGS Standard Quote RESPONSIBILITY PRIORITY REMARKS/Guidance to Close
Referenced OPENED

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 137 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-16

Management
of
Change

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 138 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-16 / Management of Change (MOC)
1. Purpose

Establish and implement procedures to formally manage changes or additions (both temporary and
permanent) so that process, facility and equipment safety is not compromised.

Note: Deviations from SA High Risk HSE Requirements (HRHSER) shall be in accordance with
HSERM/A/A-18/WHRHSER.

2. Scope

A. Changes to process technology, chemicals (New and/or before Field Test Trials), equipment,
procedures, facilities, buildings or organizations, at D&WO facilities and SAR Rigs, shall be subjected
to a MOC process.

B. This scope covers Contractor Rigs which shall follow their approved MOC process.

C. Departments and/or Divisions shall be subject to the MOC process when opening and/or closing a new
department and/or division.

D. This process does not apply to changes in kind; exact replacement, restoration or repair.

E. Temporary and emergency changes (including removal, disabling, bypassing or modifying an


emergency shutdown device or system) are included in the scope of the MOC process. Bypassing of
such devices for servicing only is not part of the MOC process. Rather, the Safe Work Authorization
Procedure (SWAP) for SAR Rigs and Permit to Work (PTW) for contractors shall be used to manage
this type of work.

F. This process does not apply to movement of personnel within D&WO. Movement of personnel into
D&WO from outside organizations shall be subjected to the MOC process.

3. Definitions

A. CMC

Change Management Control.

B. Change Package

The Change Package is made up of all the documentation necessary for the submittal, review and
implementation of the change. A sample Change Request Form is provided in HSERM/A/A-
16/MOC/Appendix No.1.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 139 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-16/MOC/Continued

C. Change in Operational Arrangements

Where changes to an operational arrangement occurs, for example, from 24-hour operating to daylight
manning only or when facilities are mothballed, should be subject to the change review process.

D. Emergency Change

An Emergency Change situation exists when changes are required and implemented to:

1) Prevent injury to personnel or damage to equipment.

2) Correct immediate safety and fire hazards or extreme service failure.

3) Prevent significant loss of productivity or assets.

E. Hazard Identification

The process of recognizing that a hazard exists and defining its characteristics.

F. Management of Change (MOC)

A process to systematically evaluate, authorize, implement, and document changes to existing assets
to ensure that safeguards are in place to eliminate the possibility of introducing hazards because of
changes.

G. MOC Coordinator

A person assigned by the department head to record, track and report the status of the MOC requests.

H. Operating Window

The established parameters for the specific process within which the operator has the discretion to
manipulate the various operating parameters.

I. Originator

The person, usually a proponent employee, who identifies the necessity for a change.

J. Permanent Change

A Permanent Change is one, which, once implemented, shall be a permanent feature of the design,
operation or procedural control of the facility.

K. Pre-Start-up Safety Review (PSSR)

A field verification that all criteria identified in the change review process with regard to physical
installation, procedural amendments and training are in place. The Originators Supervisor shall ensure
PSSR is conducted.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 140 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-16/MOC/Continued

L. Risk Analysis Checklist (RAC)

A checklist found in the MOC form used to identify potential hazards and operability problems.

M. Replacement-in-Kind (RIK)

A replacement-in-kind is one in which the old equipment is replaced with an identical part or an
equivalent part approved and specified by the applicable engineering standard or in the case of a
change to process parameters these remain within the established operating window. Replacement-in-
kind is not subject to MOC procedures. Any replacement of equipment or minor update to written
procedures requires documentation in accordance with maintenance work requirements (e.g., work
orders in the case of equipment) or appropriate approvals in the case of procedures. Any replacement
needs to include all necessary quality assurance, quality control, inspection and field verification.

Some examples of replacements-in-kind are:

1) Repairing equipment or piping.

2) Replacing equipment or piping with material meeting the same specification as the original.

3) Painting or coating to the original specification using the same or equivalent materials.

4) Revision of procedures to include updated associated references.

N. Risk

Combination of the frequency of occurrence and consequence of a specified hazardous event.

O. Significant Change

1) Any changes to parts, equipment, or facilities including changes resulting from purchasing a
replacement with a non-identical make and model.

2) Any organizational changes.

3) Any significant Process Improvement Changes.

4) Any changes to standards, material specifications, operating conditions, methods, or procedures.

P. Temporary Change

A change implemented with the intent that the change is applied for a fixed duration. Temporary
changes that remain in place for longer than six months should be subject to the full permanent change
procedures.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 141 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-16/MOC/Continued

Q. Training Needs Analysis Change

A Training Needs Analysis is utilized to identify the necessary training required to ensure that personnel
are fully conversant with the equipment and operations within their facilities by identifying any required
training needed because of a specific change.

4. Roles and Responsibilities

A. Department Manager

1) Ensure full implementation of this MOC process, including the MOC Process Flowchart.

2) Ensure the implementation of this MOC process is audited annually as per the SA – Safety
Management Guide - MOC, Guide Number 05-001-2006, Attachment A2, Section 9.0.

3) Assign MOC coordinator.

B. Division Head

Perform any necessary actions as a result of an MOC request if it escalates to his level as per
the MOC flow chart (Refer to HSERM/A/A-16/MOC/Appendix No.2).

These actions shall include but not be limited to:

1) Review the MOC request feasibility.

2) Ensure that the entire required approval route (flow chart) is followed.

3) Review previous MOC records for similar procedures and control methods.

4) Ensure the hazard identification section has been completed prior to the submittal of the MOC
Request.

C. Unit Head

1) Ensure MOC Process is in place for any change in his facility or area of responsibility.

2) Upon receiving MOC Request from originator, evaluate potential impacts and benefits.

3) Coordinate a Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA).

4) Review previous MOC requests for similar proposals and lessons learned.

5) Determine if MOC requires escalation to next management level based on Risk Assessment
checklist in the MOC Form.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 142 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-16/MOC/Continued

6) Complete the approved MOC Request Form and submit it to the MOC Coordinator with supporting
documentation.

D. MOC Coordinator

1) Assign tracking number and keep records of all MOC requests.

2) Shall keep MOC request forms updated.

3) Submit quarterly report to the designated division head with pending MOC request.

5. Exclusions

A. Normal maintenance work, where parts or equipment are replaced by an identical part or equipment of
an identical make and model, is not covered by this procedure.

B. Minor Process or work procedure changes (modifications) are also excluded. Urgently needed
changes for an emergency are excluded from this process.

Note: Minor - Lesser or secondary in amount, extent, importance, or degree.

6. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

7. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 143 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-16/MOC/Continued
Appendix No.1

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 144 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-16/MOC/Appendix No.1/Continued

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 145 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-16/MOC/Continued
Appendix No.2/MOC Flow Chart

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 146 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-17

Risk Management Manual

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 147 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17 / Risk Management Manual (RMM)
1. Purpose

The overall purpose of this Drilling and Workover (D&WO) Risk Management Manual (RMM) is to outline
the risk assessment and management activities to protect people and preserve company assets. The
manual shall be used in conjunction with the Risk Management Training Package.

2. D&WO Risk Management Policy

To assess and manage risks, D&WO Operation’s departments shall use a risk-based approach to identify
hazards, assess their likelihood of occurrence, and evaluate the potential consequences.

Hazards associated with the work within the scope of this manual shall be identified and associated risks
determined, prioritized, and controlled.

Tools and procedures which shall be used to identify and control risks associated with D&WO Operations,
ensuring the protection of people, property and environment, are described in this manual.

3. Scope

This manual applies to all onshore and offshore drilling and workover rigs, assets and facilities controlled
directly by D&WO Operations. D&WO Operation’s contractor and service companies will execute aspects
of the programs and activities resulting from SA use of this manual. Contractors and service companies
shall also have a Risk Management System that meets the D&WO Risk Management Policy.

The Risk Management Process shall be applied in the following circumstances:

A. General

1) Operations in new areas or under new circumstances

2) Execution of new operational requirements.

3) Implementation of new technology.

B. Engineering (with Operations input) – Office based;


(Refer to HSERM/A/A-17/RMM/Appendix No.1)

1) Well Planning stage including Well Approval Process (WAP) and/or Workover Candidate Proposal
(WOCP).

2) Well program development stage during well design and approval process.

C. Operations (with Engineering input) – Rig based (Refer to HSERM/A/A17/RMM/Appendix No.2)

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 148 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

1) Well construction activities (D&WO).

2) Managing D&WO well related activities, e.g.:

a. Drilling program implementation.

b. Changes in well program.

c. Unplanned arising conditions.

D. Any other situation as may be required by management

4. Responsibilities

The following are the responsibilities in the implementation of this manual:

A. Managers

Managers shall provide adequate resources required for the implementation of Risk Management and
Assessment to ensure that the Risk Management Policy is complied with. They shall take overall
responsibility for the implementation of this manual for their respective departments and ensure that
Risk Management decisions are made at the appropriate management level.

B. Engineering – General Supervisors/Supervisors

Ensure that all hazards within technical/engineering designs are identified, risk assessed and adequate
controls are in place.

C. Engineering - Drilling Engineers

Ensure that all hazards are identified in drilling programs, risk assessed and adequate controls
stipulated in the drilling program are in place.

D. Operations - Superintendents

Ensure that all hazards within operations activities in their respective divisions are identified, risk
assessed and adequate controls in place at the planning stage prior to the approval of work to be
performed and during the execution of well programs. Ensure that the controls identified are
implemented.

E. Operations - Rig Foremen/Liaisonman/SAR Tool Pushers and other SAR Key personnel

Implement the Risk Management policy on site and have the required controls in place prior to and
during the execution of well programs including Rig moves.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 149 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

F. Safety Advisors

Verify that the controls identified are implemented. They shall also provide advisory role and support for
the Risk Assessment and Management including the role of risk assessor.

G. Drilling Contractors and Service Companies

Contractors and service companies shall implement the controls identified by D&WO Operations. In
addition, they shall also have a Risk Management System that meets the D&WO Risk Management
Policy.

H. Drilling Operational Excellence & Compliance Division (DOE&CD)

The DOE&CD shall be the Custodian of the Risk Management Manual which is a controlled document.
Distribution, updates and revisions shall be in accordance with the D&WO Document Control
Procedure.

5. Definitions

A. Risk

The chance that something or someone will be adversely affected by a hazard.

Risk can be defined as the combination of the likelihood or probability of an event and its
consequences.

B. Hazard

An object, substance, condition, situation, practice or behavior with the potential to interrupt or interfere
with the orderly progress of an activity being carried out and which has the potential to cause harm to
people, equipment, property or environment.

C. Consequence

An event or chain of events that results from the release of a hazard with a defined severity.

D. Probability/Likelihood

Is the chance of a hazard being released or of an incident/accident occurring or of the loss of control.

E. Risk Assessment

A formal process to assess the likelihood and consequences associated with identified hazards to
determine the risk and evaluate the acceptability of the risk.

Risk Assessment is an integral part of Risk Management.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 150 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

F. Risk Management

The ongoing implementation of existing control measures, and identification and implementation where
practicable of additional control measures to manage risk to levels that are tolerable and As Low as
Reasonably Practicable (ALARP).

Risk Management is an integral part of the D&WO Safety Management System (SMS).

G. Risk Matrix

A Technique used to determine qualitatively the ranking of a hazard based on the severity of its harm to
people, equipment, property or environment and its frequency of occurrence.

It is a methodology that matches the potential consequences of an event outcome with the probability
that the outcome will occur to establish an appropriate response.

6. Risk Management Process

The core process of Risk Management involves identifying hazards, systematically assessing and
evaluating risks and applying risk reduction and control measures throughout an asset’s life cycle. Risks
shall be documented, communicated and controls implemented (including necessary training and register
updates). Reviews shall be made regularly to measure effectiveness and continual improvement.

The following are the sequential steps in Risk Assessment and Management core process which shall be
individually addressed in this manual:

A. Hazard Identification and Recording.

B. Risk Assessment and Evaluation.

C. Risk Reduction and Control.

D. Risk Communication and Documentation.

E. Risk Management Measurement and Review.

7. Hazard Identification and Recording Process

A. Hazard Identification

Hazards shall be identified through a series of simple questioning of the activity to be carried out. It
shall seek to answer the following questions:

1) What can happen, where and when?

2) Why and how can it happen?


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 151 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

3) What can go wrong?

4) What tools and techniques can be used to assist detection?

B. Hazard Recording

New Hazards identified in drilling and workover operations shall be recorded in a Hazard Register
which shall be updated continuously.

8. HAZOP (Hazard and Operability)

In a HAZOP study, a multidisciplinary team of individuals systematically “brainstorms” the process under
review in a series of meetings using a set of guide words to structure the review.

HAZOP technique applies more to plants and machinery rather than Rig operations activities.

It can be used in D&WO for underbalanced drilling operations, SIMOPS, etc.

For more details, refer to SAER-5437 (SA HAZOP Guidelines)

9. HAZCOM

Hazardous Material Communication program (HAZCOM) is a comprehensive and structured system for the
communication of chemical hazards to management and employees throughout SA.

HAZCOM consists mainly of two types of documents which have been prepared using information
from the chemicals Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS):

A. Chemical Hazard Bulletins (CHB); and

B. HAZCOM labeling for chemical containers.

Information from CHBs helps protect employees from unnecessary exposure to harmful chemicals in the
workplace; CHBs are developed within the Environmental Protection Department (EPD) to provide
essential information on the safe handling of chemicals and are prepared in both Arabic and English.
CHBs are an effective tool for providing the required minimum information for employees working with
chemicals, and should be available for all chemicals in use on a rig location.

HAZCOM labeling is established within EPD to alert employees to hazards associated with chemicals and
to provide precautionary information. All chemicals on a rig location shall have appropriate HAZCOM
labeling.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 152 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

10. Risk Assessment and Evaluation

Once hazards have been identified, the associated risks are assessed and evaluated to estimate the
probability or likelihood of an incident occurring and evaluate the potential severity of the resulting loss, to
determine the appropriate mitigating actions (controls).

The following are techniques/tools used for Risk Assessment in D&WO:

• Risk Matrix.

• Bow Tie.

• JSA.

A. Risk Assessment Matrix (see HSERM/A/A-17/RMM/Appendix No.3)

1) The “Risk Assessment Matrix” technique shall be used as the main technique to assess risks for
Drilling and Workover operations.

The Risk Assessment Matrix is a tool used to determine qualitatively the ranking of a hazard, based
on the consequence or severity of its harm to people, equipment, property, environment or
company business, public image or reputation and its probability or likelihood of occurrence as well
as how frequently it could occur.

2) Qualitative Risk Analysis uses scales or ranking (e.g.: high/medium/low) to describe the
seriousness of potential consequences and the likelihood or probability that those consequences
will occur.

The D&WO Risk Assessment Matrix provides guidance on assessing the likelihood and severity of
identified hazards.

The proper use of the Risk Assessment Matrix is covered in the Risk Management Training Package.

The result of the assessment shall be summarized in a Risk Assessment Form (RAF), Refer to
HSERM/A/A-17/RMM/Appendix No.4.

The RAF is used to document the hazards associated with a particular project or activity, the threats
(causes) that could result in a release of the hazard, the potential consequences, the potential risk
associated with the hazard, the control measures that are or will be put in place and the residual risk
taking into account the effectiveness of these measures.

The RAF shall prioritize (rank) all hazards associated with a project or activity, and shall be used
primarily during the project or process planning stage.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 153 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

B. Bow Tie Analysis

The “Bow Tie” method is used to demonstrate how a particular hazard is controlled, and evaluate the
effectiveness of the controls. The results of this analysis are presented in a simple diagram (the Bow
Tie diagram).

The Bow Tie combines the threat (cause) on the left hand side, the consequences on the right hand
side with the Hazard and Top Event in the middle. A schematic of the Bow Tie diagram is shown in
Figure No.1.

Figure No.1: Bow Tie Schematic

In the Bow Tie, on the left hand side barriers are the controls which prevent or reduce the likelihood of a
threat resulting in a top event. On the right hand side recovery measures are the controls that limit the
consequences of the top event.

Bow-Ties should be developed for all major hazards (i.e., severity level 4 and 5) and high-risk hazards
identified on the Risk Assessment Matrix.

An example of a simplified Bow Tie diagram is shown in Figure No.2 below.

Figure No.2: Bow Tie Analysis Example

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 154 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

C. JSA

The purpose of the JSA is to provide a means of identifying workplace hazards, implementing control
measures necessary to reduce the possible effects of the hazard and communicating the strategies to
workers prior to performing the work.

For field implementation of a job process, the Job Safety Analysis tool (JSA) shall be used in place of
Risk Analysis. Further details of JSA and methodology are covered in HSERM/A/A-14/JSA.

The SA JSA Form is shown in HSERM/A/A-17/RMM/Appendix No.5.

11. Risk Reduction and Control Process

This is the step where measures are taken to eliminate, reduce, accept or avoid the risk analyzed to control
the undesirable effects of the risk or hazard.

For D&WO Operations, the main tool that shall be used is the Risk Assessment Matrix (Refer to
HSERM/A/A-17/RMM/Appendix No.3).

A. Risk Control Techniques

Risk Control techniques include the following:

1) Terminate: Measures are established to eliminate the risk completely.

2) Treated: Controls are implemented to reduce the risk to acceptable levels.

3) Tolerated: The risk is determined to be acceptable.

4) Transferred: The risk is toured to others or avoided.

Controls to be implemented must be reasonably practicable. That is, the control measures must
balance the level of risk with the amount of effort, time and money required to reduce the risk.

B. Risk Control Measures

The following measures are used for controlling specific risks and shown in preferred order:

1) Engineering Controls:

Risks are avoided, eliminated or minimized through appropriate engineering design. Various
engineering standards are in place in SA to address designs and implementation with minimum
standards for controlling hazards.

SA Engineering Standards (SAES), Drilling Manuals, and G.I.’s.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 155 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

2) Administrative Controls:

These controls include administrative procedures, location and proximity, education, work
assignments, substitutions, breaks and personnel rotations.

SA D&WO HSE Requirements Manual (HSERM).

3) Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Controls:

These are additional or supplemental interim measures to complement engineering and


administrative controls.

D&WO Loss Prevention Manual and D&WO HSERM.

12. Risk Communication and Documentation Process

A. Risk Communication

Following a risk assessment, controls to mitigate hazard consequences must be communicated by the
approving party to all parties concerned for implementation.

A key factor to the success of any Risk Management activity is risk communication.

Risk Management is an ongoing process which involves three significant topics which must be
communicated in various ways:

1) Analyzing the risk.

2) Treating the risk.

3) Monitoring the risk.

A structured communication process is required so that an informed decision about risk treatment can
be made. A proper risk communication will support Risk Management implementation and enhance
staff general awareness and Risk Management, recognition and understanding of the Risk
Management approach and a positive risk-awareness culture at all levels.

Risk communication can be done in the following ways:

1) Structured meetings.

2) Teleconferencing.

3) Detailed written program/instructions.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 156 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

B. Risk Documentation

The various analyses done to assess risk prior the execution of an activity must be well documented in
a formal report within which the members of the risk assessment team shall be identified. These reports
shall be included in the well file for D&WO operations and in the central projects database for other
operations. The custodian of the documents shall be D&WO DOE&CD.

There shall also be a hazard register which shall be maintained and updated regularly with feedback
from projects, incident investigations, accident/incident reports, etc.

In the course of implementing a risk assessed project, there could be some planned activities which if
carried out as designed, could result in a hazard which was not initially identified. These shall be
lessons learned. A database of lessons learned shall be maintained and made available to supervisors
so as to avoid mistakes that had been made in the past. This database is yet to be developed in
D&WO.

13. Risk Management Measurement and Review Process

The observations during implementation combined with the communication and documentation
process will help in achieving the following:

A. Facilitate continuous monitoring and review of Risk Management.

B. To provide an audit trail for the follow-up of key actions related to the exposures being addressed.

C. To share and communicate Risk Management activities among all stakeholders, most particularly with
the field personnel who will be executing risk managed projects.

14. Training and Implementation Process

As part of the implementation phase of the Risk Management Process, D&WO shall conduct training of
personnel in Risk Assessment and Management including the implementation of the tools outlined in this
Risk Management Manual.

The relevant training requirements shall be included in personnel competencies and tracked through the
Training Matrix.

A Risk Management Training Package developed by D&WO shall be used to train personnel in Risk
Management.

The following have been considered in a Risk Management Training Package:

A. Who is to be trained: Risk Assessor, Division Heads, Supervisors, Drilling Engineers, and Rig
Foremen.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 157 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued

B. Training level: To be consistent with level of responsibilities.

C. Who will do the training: The Risk Management Training Package developed shall be delivered by
the Aramco Training department.

The Risk Management Training Package shall contain stated objectives, learning outcome, assessment
and materials.

15. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

16. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

Risk Management International Standards

A. Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 4360:1999. Risk Management.

B. British Standard BS 6079-3:2000. Project Management - Part 3: Guide to the management of


business related project risk.

C. Canadian Standards Association CAN/CSA-Q850-97. Risk Management: Guideline for Decision-


Makers.

D. Environmental Protection Agency 40 CFR Part 68 Accidental Release Prevention Requirements:


Risk Management Programs Under Clean Air Act Section 112(r)(7).

E. IEC International Standard 300-3-9:1995, 1st Ed. Dependability management - Part 3: Application
guide - Section 9: Risk analysis of technological systems.

F. IEC International Standard 62198:2001. Project Risk Management – Application guidelines.

G. ISO 17776:2000(E). Petroleum and natural gas industries - Offshore production installations -
Guidelines on tools and techniques for hazard identification and risk assessment.

H. ISO/IEC Guide 73:2002 (E/F). Risk Management - Vocabulary - Guidelines for Use in Standards
1st Ed.

I. Japanese Industrial Standard JIS Q 2001:2001 (E). Guidelines for development and
implementation of Risk Management system.

J. National Fire Protection Association Fire Department Occupational Health and Safety Standards
Handbook (Supplement 7) Risk Management Planning.

K. National Fire Protection Association NFPA 1250. Recommended Practice in Emergency Service
Organization Risk Management.

L. NORSOK Standard Z-013. Risk and Emergency Preparedness.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 158 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued
Appendix No.1

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 159 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued
Appendix No.2

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 160 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued
Appendix No.3

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 161 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued
Appendix No.4

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 162 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-17/RMM/Continued
Appendix No.5

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 163 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-18

Waiver
of
High Risk
HSE Requirement(s)

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 164 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-18 / Waiver of High Risk HSE Requirement(s) (WHRHSER)
1. Purpose

The purpose of this Drilling and Workover (D&WO) procedure is to ensure all deviations from SA High Risk
HSE Requirements (HRHSER) are subject to a suitable and sufficient risk assessment and to establish a
procedure (including the need for a formal risk assessment) to initiate, process, review, and approve
deviations from HRHSER.

A. HSERM/A/A-17/Risk Management Manual/Appendix No.3 shall be utilized to determine the potential


severity and/or consequence of the incident or potential incident. This procedure is applicable to “High
Risk” category deviations only.

When determining the risk associated with any planned deviation, it is the potential likelihood
and severity of the incident that may result as a consequence of that deviation that must be
assessed for risk.

Example; Removing the handrails from an elevated work platform and requiring personnel to
continue to use the platform. Personnel falling from height is the potential incident;

Severity (catastrophic, fatality) = 5


Likelihood (probable) = 4

Severity X Likelihood = Risk Rating

5 X 4 = 20 High Risk; waiver required.

B. “Changes” to process technology, chemicals, equipment, procedures, facilities, buildings, personnel,


contracts and/or organizations shall be in accordance with HSERM/A/A-16/Management of Change.

2. Scope

This procedure establishes a standard for obtaining a Waiver to a HRHSER.

A. Deviations from HRHSER are not allowed unless justification is presented to D&WO Drilling
Operational Excellence & Compliance Division (DOE&CD) Division Head that establishes mitigation
equal to or greater than the existing HRHSER.

B. The scope of an approved Waiver request is limited to the facility, rig, project, and HRHSER.
Extending the scope of an approved waiver request to cover additional facilities, rigs, projects, or
requirements in the HSERM shall be accomplished by submittal of a new Waiver request, and its
subsequent approval.

C. This procedure is applicable to all departments within D&WO; including Saudi Aramco Rigs (SAR), SA
facilities, Contractors and Service Companies.

D. Approval shall be obtained prior to implementing any deviation from a HRHSER.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 165 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-18/WHRHSER/Continued

E. Waivers are for a specific time frame and shall not exceed 12 months in duration.

3. Definitions (Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A

A. Initiator: A Division Head or an Engineer in an operating unit who initiated and created a waiver
request.

B. Originator: The Manager of the organization proposing to waive a HRHSER. The Originating
organization may be a Project Management Team, Operations, Maintenance or any other organization
with a vested interest in the waiver of a HRHSER.

C. DOE&CD: The Division assigned responsibility to establish, update, maintain and monitor specific
HRHSER documents and their requirements. Also tasked to conduct the Waiver Request Analysis and
Conditions of Approval.

D. VP-D&WO: HRHSER Waiver final approval authority.

4. Procedure

Approval to deviate from any HRHSER must be obtained from the manager of the proponent department
affected by deviation from the requirement, Drilling Operational Excellence & Compliance Division
(DOE&CD) Division Head and the VP-D&WO. Approval to waive must be approved prior to deviating from
a HRHSER. To minimize cost and schedule impacts, new projects are encouraged to obtain a Waiver
request approval during Project Proposal development (Refer to DOE&CD website/online
forms/HRHSER Waiver Request Form).

A. Initiation of a Waiver Request

1) To request approval to deviate from established HRHSER(s), the initiator shall initiate a waiver
request.

To assist in expediting the Waiver review, attach all supporting documentation (Example; Formal
Risk Assessment).

2) The Waiver request justification shall include a discussion of the impact of approving the Waiver.
Document and support cost benefits or penalties by addressing the following items:

a. Decrease in safety or reliability.

b. Adverse environmental impact.

3) The Waiver request shall always identify and analyze other alternatives to waiving the HRHSER.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 166 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-18/WHRHSER/Continued

B. Waiver Request Submittal and Logging

Submit a Waiver request and all supporting documentation to DOE&CD Division Head. The Waiver
request shall be assigned a tracking number and routed to the appropriate subject matter expert (SME)
within DOE&CD to analyze the request and recommend disposition.

C. Waiver Request Analysis and Conditions of Approval

The Responsible DOE&CD SME shall be assigned the task of review and analysis of the Waiver
request.

1) If the review determines that the Waiver request is not required, due to misinterpretation or
misapplication of a HRHSER, it shall be returned to the Originator with an explanation note by the
DOE&CD SME.

2) If the review and analysis determines that the Waiver request is not supported and should be
rejected, it shall be returned to the Originator with an explanation of the rejection by the DOE&CD
SME.

3) If the review and analysis determines that the waiver request should be supported and approved,
then the analysis shall be documented. If the DOE&CD SME has identified specific factors or
concerns, these shall also be included in the analysis documentation. If there are conditions
associated with the approval of the waiver request, the initiator shall insert them. The DOE&CD
SME shall provide the review analysis recommendation to the DOE&CD Division Head.

D. Waiver/Deviation Request Approval

The Waiver request is approved by obtaining signatures from the Department Manager(s), DOE&CD
Division Head and VP-D&WO.

E. Waiver Request Rejection and Appeal

1) The Originator shall accept the rejection recommendation or resolve the issue with DOE&CD.

2) If the Originator disagrees with the rejection decision, he must submit an appeal for reconsideration
to DOE&CD. DOE&CD shall attempt to resolve the issue. The final authority to approve or reject
shall rest with them.

5. Responsibilities

A. Initiator

1) A Waiver request is initiated and created typically by a Division Head or an Engineer. Provides all
supporting documentation to explain why waiving HRHSER is the best course of action available to
the Company.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 167 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-18/WHRHSER/Continued

2) The Initiator shall conduct a formal risk assessment in accordance with HSERM/A/A-17/Risk
Management Manual.

3) Prepares responses to questions or requests for additional information from DOE&CD (Reviewing
Authority).

B. Originator

Review the initiators Waiver request with the department manager for completeness then forward to
DOE&CD for formal analysis.

C. DOE&CD Subject Matter Expert (SME)

Conduct a detailed analysis of the request for Waiver and provide recommendation (Approval or
Rejection) to the DOE&CD Division Head.

D. DOE&CD Division Head

1) Receives request for Waiver from Originator and assigns SME to conduct formal analysis of the
waiver request.

2) Provides the Originator with the results of the analysis then forwards recommendation for approval
to VP-D&WO.

3) Conduct a detailed review of all aspects of “After-the-Fact” Waiver requests, including what
allowed their occurrence.

E. VP-D&WO

Approves request for Waiver/Deviation based on DOE&CD recommendation.

6. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

7. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

A. HSERM/A/A-16/Management of Change.

B. HSERM/A/A-17/Risk Management Manual.

C. SAEP-302 - Instructions for obtaining a Waiver of a Mandatory SA Engineering Requirement.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 168 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-19

Lock-Out/Tag-Out

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 169 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-19 / Lock-Out/Tag-Out (LOTO)
1. Purpose

The purpose of this Drilling and Workover (D&WO) Lock-Out/Tag-Out (LOTO) procedure is to protect
personnel from the potential releases of stored energy or the startup of machinery or equipment that may
cause injury. This specifically includes any maintenance activity where electrical, mechanical, steam,
hydraulic, pneumatic or other energy source is present. Additional hazards may include heated,
flammable, toxic, corrosive or chemical material.

2. Scope

The scope of this procedure is applicable to Saudi Aramco Rigs (SAR).

3. Responsibilities

It is the responsibility of the Person in Charge (PIC) to ensure compliance with this procedure.

4. Procedure

A. Supervisors shall identify all energy sources that are subject to this procedure. Prior to performing any
maintenance or repair work on any machine or equipment, a Saudi Aramco Rig (SAR) Safe Work
Authorization Procedure (SWAP) or contractor Permit to Work (PTW) shall be completed before the
work is commenced.

Step Action
1 Notify all affected personnel that an energy isolation procedure is being utilized.
2 Shut down all the equipment by following the normal shutdown procedures.
3 Isolate the equipment from all potential energy sources.
4 Complete the appropriate tags for energy isolation devices.
5 Verify that all potential energy sources have been isolated.
6 Complete the LOTO (Energy Isolation) and store keys in PIC controlled lock box during
isolation (if an equally restrictive procedure is in place that will be an acceptable alternative).
7 Advise person requesting isolation that zero energy source established.
8 Person requesting isolation to verify zero energy source established. Initiate the work.

B. Function Testing

Should a function test be required following inspection and/or repairs to equipment which is in isolation
and prior to reintroducing it into service, approval must first be granted by the SWAP or PTW issuer.

During the function test all safety practices and procedures in place are to be adhered to.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 170 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-19/LOTO/Continued

C. Restoring Service to Equipment

1) After completing the work the locks shall be removed and only the person who placed their lock and
signed the tag may remove the lock.

The last person removing their lock and releasing the “DO NOT START” tag shall close out the
permit and notify all affected parties that the repairs are complete and the equipment is ready for
service.

The individual restoring energy shall:

a. Inspect the work to ensure that nonessential items have been removed.

b. Ensure that the equipment components are intact.

c. Check the work area to ensure all employees are safely positioned or removed from the
equipment.

d. Notify all affected employees.

2) In the event a person is unavailable to remove the lock, the following procedure shall be
followed:

a. Verify that the employee in not on-tour.

b. Advise PIC and gain approval to remove absent employee’s lock.

c. Ensure that the employee knows that their lock/tag has been removed before they return to
work.

D. Locks and Tags

Each rig shall provide standardized tags and individually keyed locks as required to implement the
procedures. The keyed locks shall be of a specific design used only for LOTO. Tag attachment devices
shall be on a non-reusable type, attachable by hand, self-locking and non-releasing. During isolations,
keys to all locks used in the LOTO process shall be kept in a lock box under the control of the PIC and
shall not be kept on individual’s person.

E. Long Term Isolation Procedure

In the event it is necessary to isolate a piece of equipment for an extended period of time or
more than one tour, the following procedure shall be followed:

1) A permit shall be raised; a record of the isolation shall be made in the Isolation Log added on the
Active Isolation List displayed in the control room/permit issuing office. The equipment shall be
isolated, locked and tagged out. When isolation of the equipment has been completed (i.e.,
removal of equipment) the electrical SWAP or PTW and all safeguards shall remain in place.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 171 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-19/LOTO/Continued

2) When work/repairs have been completed on the isolated equipment, the following steps shall be
followed. All LOTO equipment shall be removed following all safety procedures. Once the
equipment is back in service and all systems have been returned to a safe condition the SWAP or
PTW shall then be cancelled.

F. Training

The purpose of this training is to protect personnel from the potential releases of stored energy or the
startup of machinery or equipment that may cause injury. This specifically includes any maintenance
activity where electrical, mechanical, steam, hydraulic, pneumatic or other energy source is present.
Additional hazards may include heated, flammable, toxic, corrosive or chemical material. Employees
required to perform LOTO procedures shall receive training in these procedures before performing the
procedures. This training shall be documented.

5. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

6. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 172 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-20

Third Party
Equipment Installation

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 173 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-20 / Third Party Equipment Installation (TPEI)
It is the responsibility of the SA Liaisonman, OIM/PIC to ensure that all personnel follow the rules outlined
within HSERM/A/A-20/TPEI.

1. Equipment Installation

3rd Parties or Subcontractors must advise the SA Liaisonman of plans to ship equipment to the rig.

To facilitate a survey on arrival, the drilling contractor will initiate its third party permit to install equipment
program.

Note: Tools or equipment used down hole, or equipment that presents no risk to facility or personnel does
not require a third party permit to install equipment program.

2. Documentation

The equipment shall be shipped to the rig with all required compliant certification such as Lifting Gear
Certification.

3. Confirm

The OIM/PIC or his designee shall review the provided documentation and verify it conforms to the
equipment received.

4. Inspect

The OIM/PIC or his designee shall appoint a Mechanic/ Electrician/Other Supervisor to survey the
equipment for obvious external and internal damage and overall condition.

5. Assess Risk

The OIM/PIC, Toolpusher or Barge Master/Engineer shall agree to placement of the equipment and identify obvious
hazards of such placement and assess any risks created, reducing such risks as far as reasonably practicable.

A current file of Installation of Equipment shall be maintained.

6. Audit

On a six-month basis, each third party unit shall be subject to the full inspection and audit verifying
conformance with the Installation Permit and Checklist.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 174 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-20/TPEI/Continued

7. Disconnection

When the equipment is to be removed from the rig, the process will reverse with the OIM/PIC or his
designee appointing maintenance personnel to safely disconnect the unit from rig.

8. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

9. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 175 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-21

Confined Space

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 176 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21 / Confined Space (CS)
1. Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to introduce within Saudi Aramco Rigs (SAR) the planning, procedures
and practices necessary to enable people to work safely in confined spaces.

2. Scope

The scope of this procedure is applicable to Saudi Aramco Rigs (SAR).

3. Responsibility

A. Supervisor or Competent Designate

1) Conduct a Hazard Assessment.

2) Determine the type of personnel protective equipment (PPE) required.

3) Prepare a Confined Space Rescue Plan.

4) Must ensure the workers are trained in confined space entry and the safe use of all the personnel
protection equipment prior to entering any confined space.

5) Ensure all atmospheric tests are completed by a competent person and logged before personnel
enter a confined space.

B. Worker

1) Be trained in confined space entry.

2) Know the procedures for confined space entry.

3) Ensure all atmospheric tests are completed by a competent person and logged before personnel
enter a confined space.

4) Ensure all atmospheric tests are completed by a competent person and logged before personnel
enter a confined space after the area has been unoccupied for extended periods of time, such as;
tea breaks, meal breaks.

5) Ensure all safety precautions are in place before entering a confined space.

6) Ensure you understand the procedure for rescue.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 177 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

4. Introduction

This policy gives guidance on the precautions necessary to avoid the hazards associated with the entry
into and working in CONFINED SPACES. Entry into a confined space for any purpose shall only be
considered when all reasonably practicable steps have been taken to deal with the problem in some other
way. Once the decision has been made that entry to a confined space is necessary, positive steps shall be
taken to eliminate or minimize the risk from the hazards of dangerous fumes, gasses, liquids or solids or of
lack of oxygen, harmful residues radiation or moving machinery within the confined space, or from any
other source such as fume or dust emission from an adjacent plant or area which might cause hazard to
the operation. Positive measures in making the working conditions safe shall always be ensured by means
of strict supervision.

5. Definitions (Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A)

To understand these requirements, it is necessary to know the meaning of certain terms and phrases that
are used within Aramco standards, which is the basis that the international standards and best practices
regulations call up as a minimum requirement.

A. Competent Person

"One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or
working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has
written authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.” By way of training
and/or experience, a competent person is knowledgeable of applicable standards, is capable of
identifying workplace hazards relating to the specific operation, and has the authority to correct them.
Some standards add additional specific requirements which must be met by the competent person.

B. Confined Space

1) A space or volume which:

a. Is not intended as a regular workplace.

b. Has restricted means of entry and exit.

c. May have inadequate ventilation and/or an atmosphere, which is either contaminated or


oxygen-deficient.

d. Is at atmospheric pressure during occupancy.

2) Confined spaces include, but are not limited to:

a. Storage tanks, spud cans, pre-load tanks, mud pits (land rigs or MODU), trip tanks, voids,
process vessels, boilers, pressure vessels, batch mix tanks and other tank-like compartments.

b. Open-topped spaces of more than 1.5 meters in depth such as rotary opening when the bell
nipple is installed, pits which are not subject to good natural ventilation.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 178 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

c. Pipes, sewers, shafts, ducts and similar structures.

d. Any shipboard spaces entered through a small hatchway or access point, cargo tanks, cellular
double bottom tanks, duct keels, cofferdams, ballast and oil tanks, and void spaces, but not
including dry cargo holds.

3) Contaminant

Any dust, fume, mist, vapor, gas (H2S) or other substance, the presence of which can be harmful to
health.

4) Exposure Standard

An airborne concentration of a particular substance in the workers breathing zone, exposure to


which, according to current knowledge, should not cause adverse health effects nor cause undue
discomfort to nearly all workers.

The exposure standard can be of three (3) forms:

a. Time Weighted Average (TWA) - The average airborne concentration of a particular substance
when calculated over a normal eight-hour (8) workday, for a five-day (5) working week.

b. Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) - A fifteen (15) minute TWA exposure which should not
be exceeded at any time during a working day even if the eight (8) hour TWA average is within
the TWA exposure standard. Exposure at the STEL should not be longer than fifteen (15)
minutes and should not be repeated more than four (4) times per day. There should be at least
sixty (60) minutes between successive exposures at the STEL.

c. Peak - A maximum or peak airborne concentration of a particular substance determined over


the shortest analytically practicable period of time, which does not exceed fifteen (15) minutes.

5) Explosive (Flammable) Range

The range of flammable contaminant/air mixture between the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) and the
Upper Explosive Limit (UEL).

6) Hot Work

Welding, thermal or oxygen cutting, heating, and other ignition producing or spark producing
operations.

7) Lower Explosive Limit (LEL)

In relation to a flammable contaminate, this is the concentration of the contaminant in air below
which the spread of a flame does not occur on contact with an ignition source.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 179 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

8) Stand-by Person

A competent person assigned to remain on the outside of, and in close proximity to, the confined
space and capable of being in continuous communication with and, if practicable, to observe those
inside, initiate rescue procedures and operate equipment used for entry to the confined space,
where necessary.

9) Sufficient Oxygen

The minimum oxygen content in air should be 19.5 % by volume under normal atmospheric
pressure.

6. Risk Assessment

A. Risk Identification

For any work proposed, all confined spaces shall be identified, signposted and physically secured and it
should be determined whether the work proposed can be undertaken from outside, that is, whether
entry of persons to the confined space is necessary. If it is decided that such work can be undertaken
from outside, then precautions should be taken to physically prevent unauthorized entry to the confined
space.

B. Major Hazards

Fatalities or severe injuries could occur as a result of the following:

1) Oxygen deficiency in the confined space caused by:

a. Slow oxidation reactions of either organic or inorganic substances. An employer shall


ensure that before carrying out work involving entry to a confined space, a written risk
assessment is carried out by a competent person and takes into account the following:

1. The work to be done, including whether it is necessary to enter the confined space.

2. The methods by which the work can be done.

3. The hazards involved and associated risks.

4. The actual method and plant proposed.

5. Rapid oxidation (combustion).

6. Dilution of air with an inert gas.

7. Absorption by grain, chemicals or soils.

8. Physical activity.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 180 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

b. The presence of contaminants on surfaces or in the atmosphere. Contaminants may be in the


form of solids, liquids, sludge’s, gases, vapors, fumes or particles.

The source of atmospheric contaminants encountered may include:

1. The product stored. (For example, disturbing decomposed organic material in a tank can
liberate toxic substances such as Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S).

2. The operation performed in the confined space. (For example, welding or brazing with
metals capable of producing toxic fumes).

3. Operation of plant and services (For example, being trapped by augers, crushed by rotating
or moving parts such as agitators).

4. Drowning by accidental flooding.

5. Suffocation by solids (For example; bulk tanks).

6. Work being conducted in adjacent spaces such as welding and gas cutting.

c. Other Hazards

Undertaking work in confined spaces may greatly increase the risk of injury from
hazards, such as:

1. Noise - This may be caused by hammering or the use of equipment within the confined
space.

2. Temperature - either too hot or too cold, which can result from the work process or the
weather conditions, or where appropriate ventilation or appropriate clothing is not supplied
or worn.

3. Radiation - within a confined space caused by the use of X-rays, radiation gauges,
isotopes, lasers and welders.

4. Manual handling

d. Factors to be Considered

Tasks undertaken in confined spaces can present serious and unique hazards. Therefore, a
number of factors need to be considered.

These include the following:

1. Arrangements for rescue, first aid and resuscitation.

2. The number of persons occupying the space.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 181 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

3. The number of persons required outside the space to maintain equipment, essential for the
confined space task, to ensure adequate communication with and, observation of the
persons within the confined space, and to properly initiate rescue procedures.

4. The soundness and security of the overall structure and the need for illumination.

5. The identity and nature of the substances last contained in the confined space.

6. The steps needed to bring the confined space to atmospheric pressure.

7. The atmospheric testing to be undertaken and the parameters to be assessed before the
entry permit(s) are issued.

8. All hazards which may be encountered.

9. The status of medical fitness and training of those persons intending to enter the confined
space.

10. Adequate instruction of those persons in any work procedure required, particularly those
which are unusual or non-typical, including the use and limitations of any personal protective
equipment and mechanical or other equipment to be used.

11. The availability and adequacy of appropriate personal protective equipment, protective
clothing and rescue equipment for all persons likely to enter the confined space.

12. Additional Precautions and Controls:

A. Comply with SA and International Standards, Policies and Procedures.

B. Indicate that entry is permitted only after signing the entry permit in a manner
appropriate to the workplace.

C. The need for additional protective measures, for example:

1) Prohibition of hot work in adjacent areas.

2) Prohibition of smoking and naked flames within the confined space and where
appropriate, the adjacent areas.

3) Avoidance of contamination of breathing atmosphere from operations or sources


outside the confined space, such as from the exhaust of an internal combustion
engine.

4) Prohibition of movement of equipment such as forklifts in adjacent areas.

D. Whether cleaning is required in the confined space.

E. Whether hot work is necessary.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 182 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

7. Monitoring

A. Prior to Entry

The evaluation of the atmosphere and a survey of other hazards should be performed outside the
confined space before any entry occurs (the results should be recorded on the entry permit).
The supervisor shall ensure that no person enters a confined space without a work permit and until the
following tasks have been carried out:

Test the atmosphere, consistent with the hazards identified in the risk assessment and ensure:

1) The concentration of flammable contaminant in the atmosphere of the confined space is below 0%
of its LEL.

2) The confined space contains sufficient oxygen, (i.e., 19.5%).

3) Atmospheric contaminants in the confined space are below the relevant exposure standards.

4) When any of the above cannot be achieved, appropriate personal protective equipment should be
used.

Note: Only an Authorized Gas Tester, who has attended and passed Confined Space Entry
Training, can carry-out the gas test.

B. Gas Detectors

Flammable gas indicators should as a minimum comply with SA G.I. 2.709.

A thorough knowledge of the gas indicators is required and should include the following:

1) Properties of the gas/vapor.

2) Humidity and temperature in the space.

Never trust your senses to determine if the air in a confined space is safe! You cannot see or smell
any toxic gases and vapors, nor can you determine the level of oxygen present.

3) Presence of airborne contaminants that may reduce the accuracy of the reading or “poison” the
sensor.

4) Presence of corrosive gases and mists, which may damage the sensor and give misleading results,
causes a false zero reading.

5) Calibration, adjustment and maintenance requirement.

6) Need for recalibration during testing.

7) Condensation and/or absorption of gas into walls of sampling lines where these are used.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 183 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

8) Response of the instrument to high and low concentrations of flammable gas or vapors (for
example, false zeros).

9) Oxygen deficiency causing an erroneously low reading.

10) Oxygen enrichment where the instrument may act as an ignition source causing explosion.

11) Difference in atmospheric pressure, which may cause false readings in some sensors. Equipment
for continuous monitoring of gases and vapors should be intrinsically safe and equipped with an
audible alarm if danger develops. Instruments should be calibrated in accordance with the
manufacturer’s guidelines. If an acceptable result cannot be obtained without continuous forced
draft ventilation, then the ventilation device should be suitably tagged to ensure it is not
disconnected while the inspection or other work is in progress. The standby person is responsible
for monitoring the proper operation of the forced draft ventilation device.

C. During Entry

Because of the potential for latter release of hazardous material, arrangements should be made to
monitor or re-test the atmosphere within the confined space. The use of continuous monitors, which
have alarms, is the most conservative approach.

8. Control

A. Hierarchy of Control Measures, The control measures should consist of:

1) Elimination.

2) Substitution.

3) Isolation.

4) Engineering controls.

5) Adoption of safe work practices.

6) Use of personal protective equipment, where the concentration of flammable contaminant in the
atmosphere of a confined space has been found to be greater than 0% of its LEL, the confined
space shall not be entered. The hierarchy lists the control measures that should be implemented in
the workplace in priority order. Consequently, complete elimination of the need to enter the confined
spaced should be the first consideration in controlling risk to workers. It is only if this is not
practicable that consideration should be given to the second measure in the hierarchy, which is
substitution.

Examples of substitution include using:

a. A non-flammable solvent in place of a flammable one.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 184 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

b. A detergent in place of a chlorinated solvent for cleaning.

c. Water based paint in place of an organic solvent-base.

d. Brush application of paint rather than aerosol or spray application.

e. Pastes instead of powders.

This process of progressively applying the elements of the hierarchy of controls should continue until
the risks have been reduced to acceptable levels. It may be necessary to use a combination of control
measures to eliminate or minimize the risk to workers. Personal protective equipment should only be
used as a last resort when all of the other control measures have failed to adequately control the risk.

B. Isolation Requirements

Prior to any employee entering a confined space, the employer shall ensure that all potentially
hazardous services, including all process services, normally connected to that space are
positively isolated to prevent:

1) The introduction of any materials, contaminants, agents or conditions harmful to people occupying
the confined space; and It may be necessary to withdraw a confined space from service before it is
prepared for entry and that all persons who may be involved with the repair, maintenance or
operation of the confined space are advised.

Positive steps should be taken to achieve the following:

a. Prevention of accidental introduction into the confined space of materials, through piping, ducts,
vents, drains, conveyors, service pipes or fire protection equipment.

b. De-energisation and Lock-Out/Tag-Out (LOTO) de-energisation and tag-out or both of


machinery, mixers, agitators or other equipment containing moving parts in the confined space.

c. Isolation of all other energy sources which may be external to, but still capable of adversely
affecting the confined space, for example heating and/or refrigeration methods.

C. Methods of Isolation

1) Hazardous Materials

No personnel shall be allowed to enter a confined space until positive means are established to
prevent all energy sources from entering the confined space area or causing associated equipment
to operate while work continues .All isolations shall be conducted under the SWAP or PTW and
LOTO Procedure. Listed below are three (3) methods of isolation. Alternative methods may be used
if equivalent security can be achieved.

a. Removal of a valve, spool piece, an expansion joint in piping leading to, and as close as
possible to, the confined space and blanking or capping the open end of the piping leading to
the confined space. The cap or blank should be identified to indicate its purpose.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 185 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

b. Insertion of a suitable full-pressure spade (blank) in piping between the flanges nearest to the
confined space. The spade should also be identified.

c. Where neither method above are practicable, isolation by means of closing and locking, or
closing and tagging, or both, of at least two valves in the pipe leading to the confined space
shall suffice.

2) Before entry is permitted to any confined space which itself can move, or in which agitators, fans or
other moving parts which may pose a risk to personnel are present, movement shall be prevented
by an approved means or an alternative method offering the equivalent security. Where practicable,
equipment or devices with stored energy such as hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical, chemical,
mechanical, thermal or other types of energy should be reduced to zero energy.

a. The person entering the confined space or the competent person should place a lock or tag, or
both, on the open circuit breaker or open isolating switch supplying electric power to equipment
with hazardous moving parts. This will indicate that a person is in the confined space and that
such isolation shall not be removed until all persons have left the confined space. When a lock
is used, the key shall be kept in the possession of the competent person. Spare keys should not
be accessible except in cases of emergencies.

b. Where a power source cannot be isolated, controlled readily or effectively, a belt of other
mechanical linkage shall be disconnected and tagged to indicate that a person is in the confined
space and that the linkage shall not be reconnected until all persons have left the confined
space.

c. Where the methods in item a) and b) above are not practicable, moveable components shall be
blocked, and switches, clutches or other controls shall be tagged to indicate that a person is in
the confined space. The blocks and tags should not be removed until the person has left the
space.

d. Where more than one person is in the confined space, the isolating device shall be
either:

1. Locked and tagged, or both, by each person entering the confined space.

2. Locked and tagged, or both, by the Competent Person.

3. Where locking or tagging is undertaken by the Competent Person, each person entering the
confined space shall verify or have it verified to him/her that isolation is effective prior to his
entry.

4. Removal of Isolation: The locks, tags, blanks or other protective systems shall only be
removed be the person who installed them or by the Competent Person, after confirming
that work has been suspended or completed and all persons have left the confined space.
All SWAP or PTW and Isolation certification shall be closed.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 186 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

D. Ventilation

1) There are two main types of ventilation techniques, these are:

a. Natural.

b. Mechanical or forced.

2) Either means of ventilation should be employed while confined space entry is taking place to
establish and maintain a safe breathing atmosphere. This ventilation should be continued
throughout the period of occupancy as a safeguard against unexpected release of contaminants. It
should be noted that for natural ventilation to be effective, there must be two ventilation points, one
at low level and one at high level, each must be of similar square area in opening. Mechanical
ventilation equipment may not be adequate or sufficiently reliable to maintain a safe atmosphere in
the operators breathing zone, particularly during operations likely to generate toxic contaminant.

Where maintenance of a safe breathing atmosphere in a confined space is dependent on


mechanical ventilation equipment, for example, a fan, then the equipment should:

a. Be continuously monitored while the confined space is occupied.

b. Have the controls (including any remote power source) clearly identified and tagged to prevent
against unauthorized interference. Exhaust facilities should be arranged to ensure that any
contaminated air removed from the confined space does not present a hazard to persons or
equipment. Nor do the emissions from equipment such as petrol or diesel engines enter the
confined space. The use of oxygen above concentrations of 21% shall not be used for
ventilation.

E. Cleaning Prior to Entry

All substances, which are likely to present a hazard to persons inside the confined space, should be
removed as far as possible prior to entry. Potentially dangerous material may be trapped in sludge,
scale or other deposits, behind loose linings, in liquid traps, or in instrument fittings, and may be
released only when for example, it is disturbed or heat is applied. Similarly, such material may lodge in
joints in vessels or in the bends of connecting pipes, or other places where removal is difficult.
Procedures and processes to be used to clean the inside of a confined space should be reviewed and
authorized prior to entry. The method to be used will depend upon the material in the confined space
and the potential hazards that may be created by the cleaning process itself. Contaminants should be
disposed of in a manner that will not constitute a hazard.

The following are some general practices to be observed:

1) Whenever practicable, initial cleaning should be performed from outside the confined space. Such
initial cleaning should continue until the hazard of atmospheric contaminants has been reduced as
far as reasonably practicable possible.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 187 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

2) Each person entering the confined space should be provided with:

a. Suitable protective suits

b. Impervious footwear

c. Safety helmet with face shield

d. Protective gloves.

e. Safety Harness complete with shoulder D-rings.

f. An appropriate respiratory protective device, where necessary.

3) Hydro jetting the following general precautions should be observed when hydro jetting is
undertaken in a confined space.

a. Hydro jetting should always be carried out by trained personnel.

b. Warning signs indicating that hydro jetting is in progress should be displayed in conspicuous
locations outside the confined space.

c. The area affected by the hydro jetting should be barricaded while work is in progress.

d. Where there is a possibility of a flammable environment, the nozzle of the hydro jetting
equipment should be earthed to decrease the generation of static electricity.

e. Nozzle operators should have direct visual or audible communication with the pump operators.

f. Removal of fluids from the confined space should be continuous during operation.

g. A high pressure/low pressure volume gun should be used to intermittently clean, rather than
operating continuously, thus allowing adequate replacement of air. All high pressure cleaning
equipment should be fitted with actuating devices, which require positive effort, by the operator’s
hand or foot to keep the supply valve open.

In addition, the following recommendations should be observed:

1. Hoses used for high pressure cleaning should have a bursting pressure of at least twice that
of the operating pressure.

2. Hoses should be tagged to indicate the working pressure and age.

3. Hoses with exposed reinforcing wire should be disposed of immediately.

4. Care should be taken when laying out hoses on the ground to avoid constant pulsation
damage, especially from corners.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 188 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

4) Steam cleaning the following precautions should be observed:

a. Where there is a possibility of a flammable environment, the pipe or nozzle of the steam hose
should be bonded to the confined space enclosure to decrease the generation of static
electricity.

b. Where oxygen is present in the confined space, steam temperatures should be significantly
lower than the auto-ignition temperature of previously stored products.

c. The confined space should be allowed to return to an acceptable thermal environment prior to
entry.

5) Abrasive Blasting Cleaning by abrasive blasting should only be undertaken where suitable
air supplied respirators are used. Further consideration should also be given to:

a. Illumination and visibility adequate to allow safe working to continue.

b. Protection of the breathing airline to the respirator.

c. Escape equipment.

d. Actuating devices, which require positive effort by the operator to keep blasting apparatus,
supply valve open.

6) Chemical Cleaning In addition to creating toxicity hazards, chemicals used in cleaning operation
may also be capable of producing a flammable atmosphere. Accordingly, the safety of the
atmosphere should be re-evaluated after cleaning and prior to the commencement of further work.

F. Purging Prior to Entry

Care should be taken in the purging of a confined space to preclude rupture or collapse of the
enclosure due to pressure differentials. When flammable contaminants are to be purged, purging and
ventilation equipment designed for use in hazardous locations should be employed and precautions
taken to eliminate all sources of ignition. Any methods employed in purging should ensure that any
contaminants removed from the confined space are exhausted to a location where they present no
hazard. Where appropriate, the confined space shall be cleared of contaminants by use of a suitable
purging agent. An employer shall ensure that oxygen or gas mixtures are not to be used for purging or
ventilation. Where supplied-air-breathing apparatus is not used, precautions should be used to
establish and maintain a safe breathing atmosphere.

G. Issue of Permits/SWAP

The permit/SWAP should state the period of its validity and should be replaced whenever it
becomes evident that the duration of work will involve one of the following:

1) A change in the supervisor.

2) A significant break in work continuity.


SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 189 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

3) A significant change in atmosphere or work.

The permit should be displayed in a prominent position to facilitate signing and clearance.

H. Standby Persons

It is essential that communication and observation between those in the confined space and the
standby person(s) be constantly maintained. Communication can be achieved, dependent on the
conditions existing in the confined space, by a number of means, including voice, radio hand signals
and other appropriate means. Where it is expected that the person entering the confined space and the
standby person may change places then authorization shall be required on the permit to do so. The
maximum and minimum standby persons should also be recorded on the permit. The supervisor
ensures that no person enters the confined space unless standby person(s) outside the confined space
are maintained and relieved as required. The supervisor, prior to any person entering the confined
space, and during any occupancy of the space, shall ensure appropriate signs and protective barriers
are erected to prevent entry of people not involved in the work.

A stand-by man shall be assigned the duty of watching the persons working inside the confined space
during the time they are inside.

The duties of the stand-by man are:

1) He shall have no responsibilities other than to continually watch those inside the confined space
and observe their condition and, also, be alert to any need for rescue or other assistance by those
inside.

2) He shall be in such a position as to physically observe the condition of every person inside the
confined space.

3) He shall have the means (winching equipment or adequate nearby personnel) to rescue any
personnel from inside the space.

4) He shall have adequate personal protective equipment available so if it should become necessary
to aid those inside the confined space, he can enter the area safely.

I. Safety Equipment

Personal protective equipment should only be used as a last resort when all other control measures in
the hierarchy are either inadequate or impractical. Competent and well-experienced persons only
should decide on the appropriate protective equipment to be used in the confined space.

All protective equipment should fit the individual who uses it and the following points should at
least be considered:

1) Results of the evaluation of the atmosphere including testing.

2) The process to be conducted within the confined space.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 190 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

3) The contaminants that may be encountered.

4) The extra load placed on workers when wearing personal protective equipment, which can lead to
serious health effects.

The following should act as a guide as to the protection to be considered. An employer shall,
where appropriate, provide suitable safety equipment for:

a. Personal protection.

b. Rescue.

c. First Aid.

d. Fire suppression.

The equipment shall be appropriate to the work to be carried out in the confined space and shall be
maintained in a proper working condition. Personal protective equipment and rescue equipment
shall, where appropriate, be selected and fitted to suit the individual (Refer to HSERM/B/B-3/PPE).

J. Maintenance of Personal Protective Equipment

It is essential that proper maintenance is an integral part of any personal protective equipment program
to ensure that the user receives the required level of protection at all times. Failure to provide the
proper cleaning and maintenance can have serious health effects, or possibly result in death.

A proper maintenance program should include procedures for:

1) Regular cleaning and disinfecting of the equipment. Equipment worn by more than one (1) worker
should be cleaned and disinfected after each use.

2) Drying the equipment.

3) Inspection for any defects.

4) Identification and repair, or replacement, of any used, consumed, worn or defective components
and/or equipment.

5) Clean storage of equipment when not in use.

6) Employee’s report damaged defective or lost equipment to a competent person responsible for the
repair or replacement.

7) Ensuring supplies of disposable protective equipment are continually available to all users of the
equipment.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 191 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

K. Other Equipment

1) Hoses supplying gas operated equipment used in the confined space should be located, suspended
or otherwise guarded to avoid accident damage.

2) Where a portable ladder is used, particular care should be taken to ensure it is adequately
constructed and firmly secured to prevent movement.

3) Atmospheric testing and sampling equipment, oxygen meters, explosi-meter, any special ventilating
equipment, etc.. should all be regularly maintained to prevent them being the cause of other
hazards (i.e., intrinsically safe, etc..).

4) All electrical equipment connected to an external supply to be used in a confined space should
comply with API 500, D&WO/DOE&CD/SWIM-001/No.46/EW and D&WO/DOE&CD/SWIM-
001/No.48/H&PT.

5) Portable electrical equipment should:

a. Be connected, individually or collectively, to earth-free extra low voltage supply from an isolating
transformer with the transformer located outside the confined space.

b. Be protected through a residual current device, with the device being located outside the
confined space.

c. Additionally, the equipment should be fitted with a flexible supply cable, not inferior to heavy-
duty type. Where available, it is recommended that all insulated electrical tools be used.

L. Safety Harness

1) Each person entering the confined space shall wear a Confined Space Entry safety harness with an
attached life-line, except in those rare cases where a life line would increase risk. Such cases must
be approved by the PIC (person in charge) and the SA Liaisonman.

2) Suitable safety harnesses come in various types and designs for different purposes and great care
should be taken when selecting such equipment. In making such an assessment it is advisable to
consult the supplier. A Confined Space Full Body Safety Harness, complete with shoulder D-rings
shall be worn at all times when in a confined space. A Y-lanyard shall be available to connect to
the safety harness shoulder D-rings in the event of an emergency to extract the person from the
confined space.

There are various reasons for this requirement:

a. Rescue by a direct vertical or horizontal route is practicable.

b. There is a hazard of falling during ascent or descent.

3) Safety harnesses and lines should not be used as the sole means of entry or exit to and from a
confined space where alternative methods are available.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 192 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

4) All harnesses should be capable of attachment to a line by means of a “Karabiner” or similar


device.

5) Great care must be taken to visually inspect the harness prior to use. Any signs of fraying, cutting or
loose stitching should render the harness out of commission.

6) The supervisor shall ensure that:

a. Openings for entry and exit are of adequate size to permit rescue of all persons who may enter
a confined space.

b. These openings are not obstructed by fittings or equipment, which could impede rescue, or
provide for suitable alternative means of rescue.

M. Rescue and Rescue Equipment

1) Method: The removal of trapped, injured or unconscious people from confined spaces is extremely
difficult, but invariably involves the use of Rescue line techniques (or Single Line Rescue
Techniques - SRT). The use of mechanical lifting equipment should be considered and a Confined
Space Entry and Work Tripod is on site before entry to the confined space is permitted. Danger is
inherent in these activities. Meticulous attention to detail, knowledge of procedures and high
standards of training will minimize risk. Safety standards are not a substitute for foresight,
prudence, common sense and experience in the implication of SRT activities.

2) Rescue methods and equipment to be used must be determined (and documented) before
commencement of the job.

3) Personnel who are suitably trained in rescue and first aid procedures (Rig Medic) and are to be
utilized in the event of any emergency.

4) Entry and exit points to confined spaces must be of adequate size to permit rescue of all persons
who may enter a confined space. These openings are not to be obstructed by fittings or equipment
which could impede rescue.

5) Standby persons must be equipped with a suitable means of communication.

N. Equipment Standards

1) Inspection of and Damage to Equipment; the following precautions are to apply for the
inspection and replacement of damaged equipment:

a. It is the responsibility of all persons participating to continually check equipment before and
during use.

b. Equipment that has been damaged or becomes unsafe due to age/wear and tear must be
condemned for use immediately.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 193 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-21/CS/Continued

2) Storage of Equipment All SRT equipment is to be stored separately from all other items in a well-
aired area away from fuels, chemicals and released for SRT activities only.

9. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms: Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A.

10. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 194 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-22

Incident Reporting
and
Analysis

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 195 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22 / Incident Reporting and Analysis (IR&A)
1. Purpose

This procedure is aligned with D&WO SMS Element No.9/Incident Reporting and Analysis. This procedure
details the process for timely investigation and reporting of all incidents and near misses.

A. To ensure that personnel who sustain injury or become ill receive the best possible care as soon as
possible.

B. To establish guidelines for investigating incidents and near misses that ensure:

1) Immediate notification.

2) Timely investigation that gather the facts while they are fresh.

3) Fact finding, not fault finding.

4) Focus on prevention (what can we do to prevent recurrence?)

5) Interview of employees.

6) Site visit by investigator to review the equipment, positions of workers, tools involved.

7) Determine the direct cause.

8) Determine the indirect cause(s).

9) Determine the basic (root) cause(s).

10) Develop two (2) or more specific corrective actions to prevent recurrence based on root causes.

11) Track corrective actions to closure.

12) Verify corrective action closure.

C. To provide guidance in the preparation, dissemination and review of incident reports.

2. Scope

A. The scope of this procedure is applicable to:

1) Saudi Aramco Rigs (SAR).

2) Contractor rigs and Service companies not using an approved incident investigation and reporting
process.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 196 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

3) This procedure does not apply to company fleet motor vehicle accidents or to injuries or fatalities
which result from these accidents.

B. This procedure does not supersede or replace local or plant disaster plans.

C. This procedure does not supersede corporate requirements. Where this procedure conflicts with
corporate requirements, corporate requirements shall apply.

3. Responsibilities

It is the responsibility of the Saudi Aramco (SA) Liaisonman/Foreman to ensure that all incidents involving
injuries, illnesses, environmental spills, property damage, fire or near miss incidents which occur at the rig
site, the associated rig camp or non-routine rig operations (i.e., rig moves) are reported as soon as
practicable to the SAR Superintendent and Drilling Operational Excellence & Compliance Division
(DOE&CD).

Within one hour of being made aware of an incident, the SAR Superintendent is responsible for
making notification to executive and staff functions as per G.I.6.001-Sec. 4.1. (Reference;
HSERM/A/A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.3/Preliminary Incident Notification Matrix).

A. Manager

1) Ensure that all Division Units will appropriately report and investigate (as per G.I.6.001) all incidents
in a timely manner.

2) Ensure incidents shall be classified by the affected department to define the levels of notification,
investigation, and recording activity that are required by SA and the Saudi Arab Government. Three
categories (MAJOR, MODERATE AND MINOR) are used as per section 3 of G.I.6.001. In doubtful
cases the Loss Prevention Department shall provide guidance on the incident category and
investigation level.

3) Take immediate action when any injury or potential major incident is found to have occurred but
was not reported. Determine the factors that contributed to the non-reporting.

4) Ensure major and moderate incidents, per the classifications stipulated in section 3 of G.I.6.001,
are properly reported according to the requirements of sections 4 and 5 of G.I.6.001.

5) Follow the requirements stipulated in section 3 of G.I.6.001 when assigning/determining


classifications of incidents.

6) Appoint the chairman for committees investigating Moderate Incidents in accordance with G.I.6.003.

7) Appoint investigation teams as deemed necessary for other incidents.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 197 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

8) Ensure that the department has in place a system to track and update all safety recommendations
and corrective actions. The status of these recommendations shall be reviewed as charted in “Safe
Operations Committee.”

9) Communicate and encourage his division heads to communicate the details of incidents and
corrective actions at local level meetings, such as in Safe Operations Committee meetings,
Quarterly Safety Inspections, emails, etc..

10) Communicate details of incidents and associated corrective actions in MIS meetings to share the
lessons learned with other departments.

11) Ensure that an investigation is conducted to determine the underlying causes of an incident, record
factual information relating to the incident and make recommendations aimed at preventing
recurrence. Such analysis is presented and discussed in the Safe Operations Committee meetings.

12) Ensure that the department training policy mandates training for incident reporting responsibilities.

13) Ensure that division and unit heads receive training in incident investigation techniques.

14) Conduct an internal review annually of the department records to verify that incidents are properly
investigated.

B. Division heads

1) Per G.I. 6.001, section 4.1, within one hour of being made aware of an incident, the Rig
Superintendent shall notify certain required organizations by telephone, fax, messenger, email or
any other mean of communications (Reference; HSERM/A/A-22/IR&A/Appendix
No.3/Preliminary Incident Notification Matrix.

2) Ensure that all required injury data from the incident for Saudi Aramco (SA) or SMP employee
are entered into SAP EH&S per G.I. 6.005.

3) Encourage and support open and honest reporting and investigation of incidents within his facilities.

4) Ensure all Unit Heads are aware of and familiar with the provisions of Drilling and Workover
(D&WO) SMS Element No.9 (Incident Reporting and Analysis).

5) Evaluate the Unit heads incident reporting skills by participating in minor incident or near miss
investigations.

6) Take immediate action for any injury or potential major incident that is found to have occurred but
was not reported. Determine the factors that contributed to the non-reporting and provide corrective
action recommendations that address the cause.

7) Review and approve investigation reports for investigations conducted in his facilities in accordance
with G.I.6.003.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 198 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

8) Ensure adequate resources are provided to support and maintain the investigation program.

9) Appoint investigation teams for other incidents as deemed necessary for incidents occurring in their
division.

10) Verify all action items resulting from investigations, engineering reviews, insurance surveys,
compliance reviews, near-misses and emergency drills are implemented. Monitor any other
necessary follow-up action until it is completed.

11) Conduct incident tracking analysis for the facilities under his responsibility, analyzing internal trends
to determine frequency and severity.

12) Use incident trends and analysis to identify areas of improvements in safety management
processes.

13) Ensure incident information from outside sources and from Loss Prevention Department is analyzed
if deemed applicable to his facilities.

14) Include statistical safety analysis in presentations delivered in the Safe Operating Committee
meetings.

C. Liaisonman/Foreman

1) Promote immediate reporting of all near misses by communicating to employees and contractors,
the positive aspects of near miss reporting. This can be accomplished through positive
reinforcement at safety meetings.

2) Ensure that all employees and contractors working for SA within D&WO facilities are aware of their
incident reporting responsibilities to the SA person in charge. This will first be communicated during
the site safety orientation.

3) Report all injuries, spills, unsafe conditions, near-misses and incidents to his Division Head.

4) Take immediate action for any injury or potential major incident that is found to have occurred but
was not reported. Determine the factors that contributed to the non-reporting and submit the
information to the Division Head who will determine the corrective action that will be applied.

5) Investigate all incidents in their area of responsibility.

6) Upon notification of a near-miss, determine if additional investigation is required and arrange for the
investigation to be completed in a timely manner.

7) Ensure recommendations from incident investigation are tracked and completed on time.

8) Communicate lessons learned to all employees.

9) In case of major incidents (per G.I.6.001), ensure the following measures are taken:

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 199 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

a. Area is secured and off limits to personnel except those involved in handling the incident.

1. Secure the immediate area.

2. Preserve evidence.

3. Record the incident scene with photographs.

b. D&WO management shall ensure, through the area Industrial Security manager, that the scene of
the incident is secured and that access to the scene is limited to those authorized by him, with the
concurrence of the investigation committee chairman and, when applicable, by appropriate Saudi
Arab Government personnel.

c. Prior to the arrival of the investigation team, ensure the incident site is secured to protect
materials or preserve evidence (unless necessary in initial recovery efforts) until released by the
Department Manager.

d. Identify potential witnesses and have each witness independently write a statement describing
what happened.

e. Provide accommodation, office space and standard office provisions (computer, supplies) for
team members.

10) Provide corrective actions for every unsafe act, condition or near-miss reported in his area of
responsibility.

11) Conduct regular reviews to verify that corrective actions have been completed.

12) Ensure all corrective action recommendations are Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Reasonable
and Timely (SMART).

13) Ensure corrective action recommendations and lessons learned from incidents are communicated
to his employees and contractors.

D. SAMSO and Treating Physicians

SAMSO is responsible for addressing any questions or concerns pertaining to whether an injury to a SA
employee is serious enough to warrant no duty or restricted duty as opposed to regular duty, or the duration
of the absence authorized. This responsibility will be extended to the offsite treating physicians who treat
non- SA personnel for work related injuries that occur on any D&WO rig or facility. For example, if the
attending physician specifies in the Medical report that the injured employee is being given a day off (in
addition to the remainder of the day of the injury) then it would be considered a lost workday case (either LTI
or ODI) irrespective of the fact that in some cases the injured employee returned to work on the days off
given to him by the physician.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 200 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

E. DOE&CD

DOE&CD is responsible for the final classification of all Injury/Illness incidents. In the event of a dispute
over the classification of an Injury/Illness, the Drilling General Manager, using the guidance of the
“OSHA Recordkeeping Handbook” published by the U.S. Department of Labor and/or the “IADC
Incident Statistics Program Reporting Guidelines,” will determine the final classification.

4. Incident Reporting Procedure

A. Employee or witness to an incident informs his supervisor.

B. The supervisor notifies the SA Liaisonman/Drilling Foreman (Rig foreman on SAR rig).

C. The Medic provides treatment as required.

D. Liaisonman/Foreman notifies SA Rig Superintendent and if required, arranges for the evacuation of
injured or ill person. Injured/ill persons shall be accompanied to clinic/hospital by medic, another
employee or 3rd party representative, depending on seriousness of the injury or illness.

E. The Liaisonman/Foreman shall notify the SAR rig Superintendent for all Loss Time Incidents (LTIs) and
property damage exceeding $99,000 as soon as practicable but in no case more than eight hours
after he has been advised.

1) For incidents involving SAR rigs, the SAR Foreman will supervise the investigation and submit all
required documentation to the SAR Superintendent and the Department incident administration
function.

2) For Incidents involving Contractor rig employees or equipment, the SA Liaisonman will ensure that
the Contractor conducts a thorough investigation as per the contractor Investigation policy and
provide a complete investigation report. This report will be sent to the SAR Rig Superintendent and
the Department incident administration function.

3) For Incidents that occur on a contractor rig involving Service Company employees or equipment,
the Liaisonman/Foreman will ensure that the Service Company conducts a thorough investigation
as per the Service Company Investigation policy and provide a complete investigation report. This
report will be sent to the SAR Rig Superintendent and the Department incident administration
function.

4) Any injury/incident that is found to have occurred but was not reported will be reviewed by Drilling
Management to determine the factors that contributed to the non-reporting.

5) If investigation assistance is needed, the assigned department Safety Advisor will call the rig back
to offer advice and to assist with SA protocol. If necessary, a Safety Advisor will be dispatched to
the location.

6) Motor vehicle accidents involving SA vehicles shall be reported as per G.I.6.029.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 201 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

a. A motor vehicle accident is any occurrence involving a SA motor vehicle that results in death,
injury, or property damage. All motor vehicle accidents, including those cases where the vehicle
was properly parked, where the vehicle is driven by unauthorized non-company personnel, or
where it is being test driven by a maintenance contractor should be reported to the Loss
Prevention Department through the SAP EH&S.

b. When a motor vehicle accident occurs, the driver must obey the latest Traffic Regulations of the
Saudi Arab Government. One current regulation is that vehicles involved in an accident shall not
be moved from the scene of the accident until released by the Police or a SA Industrial Security
representative.

7) Incidents involving mobile equipment, cranes or man baskets shall be reported as per G.I.7.026.

a. Lifting, elevating and mobile equipment accident reporting shall cover all equipment
contained in G.I.7.026 - Section 3.0 (referenced standards), with the following as notable
examples:

Bulldozers Skid mounted support equipment


Cranes, all types Tractor-scrapers
Rigging Graders
Below the hook lifting devices Wheel loaders
Forklift trucks Backhoes
Man baskets Elevating equipment
Aerial platforms Overhead hoists

b. The Division Head (Superintendent) shall, within one hour of being aware of an incident,
notify the Roads and Heavy Equipment Division area Superintendent and also Loss Prevention
Department/Loss Prevention Exploration and Development Unit.

c. The Division Head shall electronically create and submit an initial “crane or heavy equipment”
incident report using the SAP EH&S system within 24 hours of the incident.

d. The operator's supervisor shall obtain written statements from the equipment operator and
witnesses.

8) Fire or explosion incidents shall be reported as per G.I.1787.000 and G.I.6.001.

a. The definitions for Fire and Explosion found in Section 2.0 of G.I.1787.000 shall apply.

b. All fires and emergencies involving non-SA facilities that are attended by the Fire Protection
Department are subject to the reporting protocol of G.I.1787.000.

c. The proponent (unit head or higher) of a SA facility involved in a fire or emergency response
shall, within 48 hours of the incident, respond through EH&S-SAP to Part No. 2 of SA form SA-
2437, "Report of Fire or Emergency.”

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 202 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

9) Hydrocarbon leaks and oil spills shall be reported as per G.I.2.104 (offshore) and G.I.2.401
(onshore).

a. All offshore leaks and/or spills shall be immediately reported regardless of size or potential
impact. The level of Management notification, Oil Spill Response Team activation and cleanup
response initiation shall be decided by the respective area Regional Oil Spill Response
Coordinator in consultation with the Global Oil Spill Response Director (GOSRD), as it may
deem necessary.

Note: Reference HSERM/A/A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.1/Reporting Offshore Oil Spills.

b. In general, the person reporting the spill should provide the following information:

1. Name of person reporting and /or observing the spill.

2. Badge number.

3. Contact number.

4. Date and time.

5. Location of spill.

6. Size (length and width), colors (i.e., silver sheen, rainbow, brown, black) and area covered.

7. Source and cause of spill.

8. Weather conditions: wind speed and direction, visibility and sea conditions.

9. Action being taken.

c. All onshore leaks and/or spills shall be reported to Industrial Security through 110.

10) Damage or loss over $5000 to SA property shall be reported as per G.I.6.001.

5. Reporting Forms

For each incident that occurs, as a minimum, the following reports must be completed:

A. SA Liaisonman to report on Morning Report in “Remarks” section, all reportable events.

B. The SA Preliminary (24 hr.) Incident Report Form shall be completed by the SA Liaisonman/Foreman
for all incidents and forwarded to the SAR Superintendent, Department incident administration
function and DOE&CD. The SA Preliminary (24 hr.) Incident Report Form will automatically be
generated by data entry in the ORBITS database.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 203 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

C. For “Injury Incidents” involving SA employees and SA Supplemental Manpower, the SAR
Liaisonman/Drilling Foreman shall enter the injury data from the incident into SAP EH&S within 1
working day of the incident. (Refer to G.I. 6.005 Supplement No.2 for codes).

1) SAR Rigs shall use the Incident Investigation Report Form - IIR Form No.001 (Refer to
HSERM/A/A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.2 and DOE&CD Web Site-Electronic Forms), for all
investigations except Near Miss incidents and attach it to the preliminary report filed in the ORBITS.

2) All rigs shall use the ORBITS database to report Near Miss incidents.

3) Contractor Rigs shall follow the direction of their Incident Investigation and Reporting process to
produce a final investigation report. This report shall be reviewed by the Liaisonman/Foreman and
attached to the preliminary report filed in the ORBITS database.

D. SA Incident Investigation Report Form (Refer to HSERM/A/A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.2) (for SAR rig
investigations) or the contractor Investigation form (for contractor and service company investigations)
shall be submitted by the SA Liaisonman to the SAR Superintendent and DOE&CD when the
investigation has been completed.

E. Incident Investigation Report Form (Refer to HSERM/A/A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.2)

1) All sections of the report form must be completed wherever appropriate.

G. Use the drop down menu.

H. Use the incident matrix (Refer to HSERM/A/A-22/IR&A/Figure No.1/Incident Matrix) to identify


the matrix code in the given areas in the Incident Investigation Report Form (Refer to
HSERM/A/A-22/IR&A/Appendix 2). Use the matrix to identify both the matrix code for the actual
incident and the potential matrix code. This will assist to ascertain the severity or potential severity
of the incident.

Note: High Potential Impact Incidents (HI-PO) - All C-1/2/3/4-111 Incidents will be investigated
and a Root-Cause-Analysis (RCA) will be completed by DOE&CD.

4) The completed reports shall be sent via email to the SAR Superintendent for review, signature and
copied to D&WO - DOE&CD. For administration purposes, include in the email subject line the
following information, in this sequence; Rig name/number, incident type (FTL, LTI, RDI, MTC, FAT
or near miss) and date. Example; PA-858, MTC, February 21, 2006.

5) The SAR Superintendent shall ensure the form is completed.

6) The SAR Superintendent shall sign the final report and send the completed form to D&WO -
DOE&CD.

F. For offshore rigs the following minimum threshold events require a notification of marine casualty to at
least one of the three flag states; Vanuatu, Panama and/or the United States (Refer to HSERM/A/A-
22/IR&A/Appendix No.1):

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 204 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

1) Injury to Personnel.

2) Loss of Life.

3) Physical damage to property in excess of $25,000.00 USD.

4) Any incident causing damage to a vital system.

5) Any release into the water of a substance harmful to the environment.

6) Any other damage affecting the seaworthiness or operational capability of the rig.

Other Statutory or Coastal States reports may be required by authorities in the rig’s operational
area and, if required, shall be completed by the PIC.

6. D&WO ORBITS Tracking System

The DOE&CD-SCU Administrator shall:

A. Review each Minor and Moderate incident based on HSERM/A/A-17/RMM.

B. Ensure the implementation of the recommendation in each incident are S.M.A.R.T.

C. Ensure each incident is tracked with the individual significant tracking number.

D. Review and distribute progress reports to each DOE&CD/Safety Compliance Unit (SCU)/Lead Field
Compliance Coordinator.

7. Classification of Injury and Illnesses

Classification of work and non-work related personal injuries and illnesses are summarized and
briefly described as follows (Reference; SA G.I.6.005 (Reporting, Investigation and Recording of
Injuries/Occupational Illnesses) and G.I.6.007 (Reporting of Contractor On-Job
Injuries/Occupational Illnesses):

A. Total Recordable Injury/Illness Cases (TRCs)

TRCs include all recordable injuries/illnesses as defined by OSHA including FATs, LTIs, RDIs and
MTCs.

B. FAT – On-The-Job Fatality

An on-the-job injury or occupational illness that results in fatality. A FAT is a recordable incident.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 205 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

C. LTI - Lost Time Injury/Illness Case (LTI)

An on-the-job injury or occupational illness that involves one or more days away from work beyond the
day the injury or illness occurred. Illness includes diseases or rashes that may be caused by
inhalation, absorption, ingestion or direct contact. The exposure may have taken place over a period of
time or resulted from a single incident. Some examples include noise induced hearing loss, dust-
disease of the lung, respiratory conditions due to toxic agents, poisoning (such as H2S and other
gases), disorders due to physical agents (other than toxic materials) such as heatstroke, heat-
exhaustion, dehydration, or other environmental factors, and illnesses to medical professionals as a
result of exposure to patients. LTI replaces the Industrial Disabling Injury (IDI) to align with standard
industry practice and to allow for better performance comparisons (e.g., IDI included On-The-Job
fatalities while the LTI does not.)

NOTE: Time away from work on the day of the incident is not considered in determining Lost Time
Incidents (LTI). Time spent traveling, undergoing evaluation, awaiting medical evaluation
results, or otherwise seeking medical treatment should not be counted as a Lost Time Incident
(LTI) when considering LTI classification.

D. Off-The-Job Disabling Injury Case (ODI)

Any injury suffered by an employee that does not arise out of and in the course of employment and
which results in death or day(s) away from work. Reference: ANSI Z16.3-1997 – Recording and
Measuring Employee Off-The-Job Injury Experience.

E. Restricted Duty Injury/Illness Case (RDI)

An on-the-job injury or occupational illness that results in restricted work or job transfer. The employee
cannot perform an activity he/she regularly performs at least once a week. (Example: A sprained ankle
resulting in a reassignment from a field to a desk job for 5 days.) Does not include restricted work
activity limited to the day of injury or illness. Examples of how to determine a restricted work case are:

1) Employee is kept from performing one or more of the routine functions (work activities the employee
regularly performs at least once a week) of his/her job, or from working the full workday that he/she
would otherwise have been scheduled to work.

2) A physician or other licensed health care professional recommended that the employee not perform
one or more of the routine functions of his/her job, or not work the full workday that he/she would
otherwise have been scheduled to work.

NOTE: Should an employee experience minor musculoskeletal discomfort such as muscle pains or
strains, a physician or licensed health care professional determines that the employee is fully
able to perform all of his routine job functions, and the employer assigns work restriction to
that employee or restricts the employee’s job functions, for purpose of preventing a more
serious condition from developing, the case is not recordable as a restricted work case.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 206 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

F. Medical Treatment Injury/Illness Case (MTC)

An on-the-job injury or occupational illness that is more serious than on-the-job first aid injury (FAI) or
occupational illness requiring medical treatment.

Example(s):

Treatment requiring sutures, prescription medicines, vaccines (hepatitis B, rabies), or use of tweezers
to remove splinters from the eye (rigid means to immobilize part of body).

MTCs include all cases involving:

1) Given one or more doses of prescription medicine.

2) Given an “over the counter” medicine at prescription strength.

3) Other immunizations that are administered to manage a job related injury or illness such as
Hepatitis B or rabies vaccine.

4) Using wound closing devices such as sutures, staples, etc.

5) Physical therapy or chiropractic treatment.

6) Using devices with rigid stays or other systems designed to immobilize parts of the body (does not
include any non-rigid means of support).

7) Removing splinters from the eye with tweezers and other complex means.

G. First Aid Injury Case (FAI)

Any treatment of minor scratches, cuts, burns, splinters and so forth, and any follow-up visit for the
purpose of observation. A FAI is not a recordable incident.

The following are generally considered first aid treatment:

1) Using a nonprescription medication at nonprescription strength (for medications available in both


prescription and nonprescription form, a recommendation by a physician or other licensed health
care professional to use a nonprescription medication at prescription strength is considered medical
treatment (for recordkeeping purposes).

2) Administering tetanus immunizations (other immunizations, such as Hepatitis “B” vaccine are
considered medical treatment).

3) Cleaning, flushing or soaking wounds on the surface of the skin.

4) Using wound coverings such as bandages, Band-Aids TM, gauze pads, etc.; or using butterfly
bandages or Steri-StripsTM (other wound closing devices such as sutures, staples, etc., are
considered medical treatment).
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 207 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

5) Using hot or cold therapy.

6) Using any non-rigid means of support, such as elastic bandages, wraps, non-rigid back belts, etc.
(devices with rigid stays or other systems designed to immobilize parts of the body are considered
medical treatment).

7) Using temporary immobilization devices while transporting an incident victim (e.g., splints, slings,
neck collars, back boards, etc.).

8) Drilling of a fingernail, or toenail to relieve pressure, or draining fluid from a blister; using eye
patches.

9) Removing foreign bodies from the eye using only irrigation or a cotton swab.

10) Removing splinters or foreign material from areas other than the eye by irrigation, tweezers, cotton
swabs or other simple means.

11) Using finger guards; using massages (physical therapy or chiropractic treatment are considered
medical treatment for record keeping purposes).

12) Drinking fluids for relief of heat stress.

H. Near Miss

A near miss is defined as an event that did not result in injury or loss, but which had the potential for
injury or loss if circumstances had been slightly different.

8. Incident Rate Calculations

The Loss Prevention Department published guidelines for the calculation of Loss Time Incident Rate (LTIR)
And Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR) are summarized and briefly described as follows:

A. Lost Time Incident Rate

[Number of Lost Time Incidents (LTI) including Fatalities (FAT) multiplied by 200,000 and then divided by
Total Man Hours Worked = Lost Time Incident Rate].

B. Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR)

[(MTC+RDI+LTI+FAT) multiplied by 200,000 then divided by Total Man Hours Worked = Recordable
Incident Rate].

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 208 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

C. Total Man Hours

This is the total number of hours worked (on tour) by the rig crew (50 personnel, each person works a 12
hour shift, 50 x 12 = 600). Work hours must include all leased labor who are under the direct supervision
of the drilling contractor; this includes catering crew. Agency labor performing the duties of regular crew
must be included.

Third party labor such as service companies (casing crews, Wireline crews, etc.) are not
considered agency labor and should not be included in the man hours.

9. Recommendations for Handling and Treatment of Injuries and Illness

A. Injured personnel shall be accompanied from the rig by a First Aid trained employee to assist with
documentation and to provide care for the injured or ill person.

B. The vehicle used for transport of the injured shall, in addition to contractual requirements:

1) Be of sufficient size and suitable to accommodate a stretcher (securing points for a stretcher) and
accompanying person (seating) entirely within the body of the vehicle or conveyance.

2) Be clean and well maintained, the vehicle must be operational and comply with Saudi Arabian traffic
laws at all times.

3) Protect the injured and the accompanying person.

4) Be designed and equipped such that verbal communication between the operator of the vehicle or
conveyance and the injured worker or accompanying person is possible.

5) Be air conditioned.

6) Carry sufficient medical supplies and equipment to facilitate the efficient transportation of the specific
injured. (The vehicle will be equipped with the minimum equipment required; the medic may be called
on to supply additional equipment, medication as required).

C. When immediate transportation of the injured is necessary, the Liaisonman/Foreman shall utilize the
most efficient means of transportation.

D. All personnel returning from a doctor shall submit to the PIC a full duty release or RWC release before
commencing any work related activity. A copy of the release shall be submitted to the Department
incident administration function.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 209 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

10. Incident Investigation

A. Purpose

The purpose of conducting an incident investigation is to determine what happened, why it happened,
and ensure that recommendations are made and action taken to prevent a recurrence of similar
incidents. The investigation is “fact” finding not “fault” finding and is not intended to assign blame.

B. Scope

The scope of this procedure is applicable to:

1) Saudi ARAMCO rigs.

2) Drilling Contractors and Service Companies not using an approved Investigation and Analysis
process.

3) Drilling Contractors and Service companies will comply with the overall guidance of this procedure
but will conduct their investigations following the specific directions outlined in their own
Investigation and Analysis process.

4) This procedure does not replace the investigative requirements outlined in G.I.6.003.

C. Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms (Refer to HSERM/A/A-1/DA&A)

1) Incident

An undesired event which could have (NEAR MISS) or did result in harm to people, damage to
property or the environment or loss to process.

2) Near Miss

A near miss is defined as an event which did not result in injury or loss, but which had the potential
for injury or loss if circumstances had been slightly different.

3) Direct Cause

This is the basic or fundamental reason for the incident. It should be described as an action that
results in an outcome.

Example:

While POOH, the crown cluster was struck by the traveling block and sustained damage.

The “direct cause” was; “The driller raised the traveling block too far and struck the crown.”

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 210 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

4) Indirect Cause

Conditions that existed prior to the incident that contributed to the direct cause.

Example:

“The driller raised the traveling block too far and struck the crown.”

The indirect cause(s) were:

a. The Crown-O-Matic was not set correctly.

b. The driller did not follow the Crown Saver procedure.

c. The supervisor did not check the IADC report to verify that the driller tested the crown saver.

5) Basic Cause (Root Cause)

The most basic cause (or causes) that can reasonably be identified, that management has control
to fix and, when fixed, will prevent (or significantly reduce the likelihood or consequences of) the
problem's recurrence. By examining the indirect causes and determining why they are present,
you will arrive at the basic cause(s) of the incident.

Example:

The investigation finds that the Crown-O-Matic was not set correctly (indirect cause) because the
driller is new and does not know about the Crown Saver procedure or how to set the COM the
basic cause is; “The communication of critical procedures to new hires is Less Than
Adequate.”

6) Corrective Action

Specific outputs in the form of recommendations that are derived from an investigation. Corrective
actions shall conform to the criteria of S.M.A.R.T. (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Reasonable
and Timely) Managers are responsible for closure of corrective actions. Managers will implement
all applicable corrective actions to ensure similar conditions do not exist within their areas of
responsibility. The decision not to implement a corrective action must be documented and
approved by the manager.

D. Responsibilities

1) Manager

a. Investigate injuries, spills, and other incidents and promptly provide corrective actions. He may
achieve this by delegating specific responsibilities to his subordinates.

b. Communicate the requirements for incident reporting. This includes encouraging and
supporting an environment for open reporting.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 211 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

c. Implement all applicable corrective actions to ensure similar conditions do not exist within his
areas of responsibility.

d. Approve in writing, any decision not to implement a corrective action.

e. Communicate details of incidents and corrective actions through SOC and DSLI initiatives.

f. Track the status of all corrective actions until they are completely and effectively closed out.

2) Drilling Superintendent

a. Notify the manager of all incidents.

b. Provide investigative direction and support to his subordinates.

c. Review all recordable incident reports.

d. Review the corrective actions of all recordable incident reports.

e. Direct investigative resources to assist investigations.

3) SAR Rig Foreman

a. Notify the Drilling Superintendent of all incidents.

b. Conduct investigations into all incidents.

c. Review all recordable incident reports.

d. Review the corrective actions of all recordable incident reports.

e. Communicate to the workers, the requirements for incident reporting. This includes
encouraging and supporting an environment for open reporting.

4) ARAMCO Liaisonman

a. Ensure that all incidents are reported.

b. Ensure that Drilling Contractors and Service Companies comply with the requirements of this
procedure.

c. Ensure that Drilling Contractors and Service Companies conduct investigations into all incidents
that are within their area of responsibility.

5) Department Safety Advisor

a. Assist with incident investigations as requested.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 212 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

b. Assuming lead investigator role if requested.

c. Providing technical support in determining injury classification, identifying causal factors, root
causes and corrective actions.

E. General

Incident investigations are characterized by:

1) Immediate notification.

2) Incident scene isolation to protect evidence.

3) Timely investigation – begin while the facts are fresh.

4) Fact finding not fault finding.

5) Focus on prevention (what can we do to prevent recurrence?).

6) Interview of employees.

7) Site visit – Review equipment, positions of workers, tools involved.

8) Determination of immediate causes (causal factors).

9) Determination of basic causes (root causes).

10) Two or more specific corrective actions to prevent recurrence based on root causes.

F. Training

1) All employees will be trained in the basic reporting processes for injuries, spills, fires, MVAs, near
misses, property damage and other incidents. This training will be incorporated into new hire rig
orientations.

2) Managers and supervisors will receive training in investigation techniques and completion of
reports, including corrective action to prevent recurrence.

3) Safety Advisors and staff identified by the manager will receive training in advanced investigation
methods, including root cause analysis. This will prepare them for investigating the less frequent
“Major and Moderate” incidents, as defined in G.I.6.003.

G. Analysis

All incidents will be recorded in the DIH electronic tracking system. The purpose of this system is to
allow for analysis of incidents, performance tracking, and trending for loss reduction.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 213 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

H. Periodic Review

Department managers will perform an annual internal review of their operations to ensure that:

1) All incidents are reported and an open reporting environment is encouraged.

2) All employees are trained in the reporting process.

3) All incidents are reported in a timely manner.

4) All department supervisors and managers are trained in investigation techniques.

5) Key employees are trained in advanced investigation techniques.

6) Investigation reports are thorough and completed promptly.

7) Corrective actions have been properly implemented.

8) Lessons learned are shared.

11. References: Refer to HSERM/A/A-2/RM

A. ANSI Z16.3-1997 - Recording and Measuring Employee Off-The-Job Injury Experience

B. ANSI D15.1

C. G.I. 6.001 - Notification Requirement for Incidents (Including Fires).

D. G.I. 6.003 - Incident Investigating.

E. G.I. 6.005 - Reporting, Investigation and Recording of Injuries/Occupational Illnesses.

F. G.I. 6.029 - Reporting and Recording of Motor Vehicle Accidents.

G. G.I. 7.026 - Crane and Heavy Equipment Incident Reporting Procedures.

H. G.I. 1787.000 – Report of Fire, Emergency or False Alarm.

I. Incident Investigation Report Form - SA D&WO DOE&CD – Electronic Forms - IIR Form No.001.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 214 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued
Figure No.1/Incident Matrix

Severity Effects
Severity People Property Damage Environmental Public Image and
Descriptive (Loss) Impact Reputation
Word 1 2 3 4
Major Fatality > $1,000,000 impact Reportable Occurrence Government Intervention
oil spill > 10,000 barrels,
A Toxic/Flammable gas
release

Moderate LTI, permanent >$100,000 <$1,000,000 Reportable Occurrence SA/Drilling Contractor


Impairment and/or oil spill <10,000 barrels Intervention Local Media
B long term injury or >1000 barrels, Intervention.
illness Toxic/Flammable gas
release

Minor Serious Injury > $1,000 <$100,000 Reportable Occurrence Community or Local Attention
(Restricted Work oil spill <1000 barrels,
C Medical Aid) Toxic/Flammable gas
release

Notification First Aid, RDI, < $1,000 No Impact Individual or None


Only MTC, Near Miss

D
Three Year (cycle) Probability of Occurrence
Descriptive Word Definitions
Frequent - I Likely to occur repeatedly in three years
Probable - II Likely to occur several times in three years
Occasional - III Likely to occur sometime in three years
Remote - IV Not likely to occur in three years but possible
Improbable - V Probability of occurrence can not be distinguished from zero

To Classify the Potential and Actual Rating (EXAMPLE)


Step Potential Rating Actual
Step No.1: Establish the Severity A, B, C or D. A
Step No.2: Establish Effect(s): 1, 2, 3 or 4. 1
Step No.3: Establish Probability of Occurrence I, II, III, IV or V. I

High Potential Impact Incidents (HI-PO):


Actual Rating A 1 I
All C-1/3/4-III Incidents, and incidents with a potential Major
cost greater than $100,000, will be investigated and a Fatality
Root-Cause-Analysis (RCA) will be completed by
DOE&CD. Likely to Occur Repeatedly
in a 3 year period
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 215 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued
Appendix No.1/Reporting Offshore Oil Spills

1. Policy and Objectives

Saudi Aramco (SA) is committed to the prevention of harmful effects of oil pollution to the offshore
environment in all areas of its operations. SA’s policy in safeguarding the offshore environment is to ensure
that all operating procedures, employee training and technical applications are aimed at preventing and/or
minimizing the accidental leak and/or spillage of liquid hydrocarbon substance.

Notwithstanding the above policy, should any leak or spillage occur, General Instruction (G.I.) 2.104 is to
be fully complied with at all times.

G.I.2.104 overrides any other General or Facility instruction and or directive as applied to the reporting,
investigating and/or documenting of oil leaks and spills into the marine offshore environment.

Notes

It is important to immediately inform the Chairman of the Oil Spill Committee (OSC) of any oil spill that may
have an impact on vital Saudi Government or SA Facilities or environmentally sensitive areas. In the case
of simultaneous offshore oil spill with offshore disaster and only limited resources available, the offshore
disaster shall take priority over the oil spill for accessing those resources.

As soon as safely possible following the sighting of an oil spill from any source, the source of the spill
should be secured.

• Refer to G.I. 2.400 "Offshore Oil Spill Contingency Plan.”

• Refer to G.I. 6.001 "Notification Requirements for Incidents (Including Fires).”

• Refer to G.I. 6.003 "Guide For Committees Investigating Major Incidents and Engineering
Reviews of Other Incidents.”

2. Purpose

The purpose of this instruction is to outline the procedures for the reporting, investigating and documenting
oil leaks and spills that may result in a discharge of oil into the waters of the Arabian Gulf or Red Sea. In
addition, this instruction defines leaks/spills and identifies who is responsible for preparing written
documentation of the incident. The notification of a spill shall generate the spill response activity described
in the Arabian Gulf or Red Sea "Regional Oil Spill Contingency Plans" and G.I. 2.400 "Offshore Oil
Spill Contingency Plan.”

3. Reasons for Reporting

All leaks and spills must be reported to:

A. Fulfill the Company's obligations with respect to its Environmental Protection Policy.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 216 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.1/Continued

B. Bring potentially dangerous situations to the attention of management.

C. Protect environmentally sensitive areas, and vital SA/Government Facilities.

D. Initiate action to contain, correct and cleanup leaks and spills.

E. Fulfill the Company’s obligations to report spills to the Government of Saudi Arabia.

F. Investigate the cause of a spill and to take the corrective action to prevent reoccurrence of similar
incidents.

G. Provide support for claim action and recovery of cleanup costs from third parties causing the spill.

H. Provide information, which can serve as the basis for measuring progress in improving methods and
equipment for the prevention and cleanup of leaks and spills.

I. Obtain the required financial guarantees/letters of undertaking from vessel’s insurer/owner.

J. Request detentions of a vessel in Port until satisfactory financial guarantees are provided.

K. Protect the company from damage to its image and reputation that may result from negative publicity
due to a leak or spill.

4. Reporting Responsibilities

A. SA MODU Liaisonman shall notify the SA MODU superintendent immediately of all oil spill incidents.

B. All leaks and/or spills shall be immediately reported regardless of size or potential impact. The level of
Management notification, Oil Spill Response Team activation and cleanup response initiation shall be
decided by the respective area Regional Oil Spill Response Coordinator in consultation with the Global
Oil Spill Response Director (GOSRD), as it may deem necessary.

C. Persons observing a LEAK or SPILL shall Report it by the most rapid means available to the SA Marine
Tour Coordinators at Ras Tanura or Jiddah on the 24-hour telephones: 03-678-1475/1405 (Ras
Tanura), 02-427-5444/2597 (Jiddah) or 02-425-4530/4528 (Rabigh).

D. In general the persons reporting the spill should provide the following information:

1) Name of person reporting and /or observing the spill.

2) Badge number.

3) Contact number.

4) Date and time.

5) Location of spill.
SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17
Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 217 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.1/Continued

6) Size (length and width), colours (i.e., silver sheen, rainbow, brown, black) and area covered.

7) Source and cause of spill.

8) Weather conditions:

a. Wind speed and direction.

b. Visibility.

c. Sea conditions.

9) Action being taken.

E. Operating Facility Superintendent shall:

1) As safe as practical, ensure that the source of the oil spill is secured.

2) Initiate preliminary investigation of source and cause of spills originating from a SA facility in
coordination with the Regional oil Spill Response Coordinator.

3) Immediately notify the Loss Prevention Duty Officer/Engineer of the oil spill.

4) Immediately notify the OSPAS Oil Planner/Dispatcher on telephone 03-874-6821/2 or 03-874-


3003/4/5 for any spill that may curtail production of Terminal/Bulk Plant Operations.

5) Immediately initiate Response using available Pollution Control Equipment at his facility.

6) Immediately notify Duty Harbor Pilot at King Fahad Industrial Port Control on telephone 396-7188 or
396-7177. The Duty Harbour Pilot shall initiate SEAPA's response to combat the spill in accordance
with "SEAPA Oil Spill Contingency Plan" for King Fahad Industrial Port, Yanbu’ (For Yanbu’ Only).

7) Immediately notify the Yanbu’ Gas and Terminal and/or Yanbu’ Refinery Marine Advisor(s) (for
Yanbu’ Only).

5. Investigation procedure

A. All leaks and/or spills shall be investigated. The investigation shall be carried out in a professional
manner to the point that a report shall be developed indicating the reason for the leak or spill and the
actions taken to mitigate any damages as a consequence of the leak or spill. It is of paramount
importance that the investigative report documents any and all failures of procedures, materials and/or
omissions of actions of individuals to prevent reoccurrence.

B. Leaks or spills less than 50 barrels resulting from SA facilities are to be investigated by representatives
of the Proponent Department, the Regional Oil Spill Response Coordinator and area Loss Prevention.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 218 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.1/Continued

C. Leaks or spills in excess of 50 barrels and less than 1,000 barrels shall be investigated by a
committee consisting of at least:

1) Regional Oil Spill Response Coordinator (ROSRC).

2) Superintendent/Tour Superintendent of Facility.

3) Terminal Pilotage Operations Division (if tanker is involved or suspected).

4) Loss Prevention Representative.

5) A member having specialized knowledge of the concerned facility. This is to be assigned by the
Chairman of the Oil Spill Committee as deemed necessary.

6) Leaks or spills in excess of 1,000 barrels shall be investigated by a committee in accordance with
G.I. 6.003. A representative of Global Oil Spill Response must be a member of this committee.

7) Offshore oil spills of unknown origin shall be investigated by the Regional Oil Spill Response
Coordinator (ROSRC). Assistance may be required from other Departments as deemed necessary.

8) The resultant investigative reports shall form part of the essential documentation procedures as
outlined in HSERM/A/A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.1/Section 6.

6. Documentation and Distribution Requirements

A. SA MODU Liaisonman shall enter details of the oil spill incident on the next drilling report under the
remarks section.

B. SA MODU Liaisonman shall input the incident into ORBITS within 24 hours of the incident.

C. The Regional Oil Spill Response Coordinator (ROSRC) shall prepare SA Form 5046 “Leak and/or
Spill Report-Offshore” for each Offshore Oil Spill Incident.

D. Form A-5046 shall in all cases be initiated within five working days of the date of the incident from the
office of the ROSRC. It shall carry the Oil Spill Reference Number and immediate details of the leak
and/or spill incident as noted on the Oil Spill Initial Report received from the Marine Tour Coordinators.

E. The Regional Oil Spill Response Coordinator (ROSRC) will route the form through the Marine Pollution
Control Support Unit/ Marine Operations Division for completion of the section titled "Cleanup
Operation" and for comments and signature when Marine’s resources are used in combating the spill.
The form is to be returned to ROSRC for revision.

F. The Regional Oil Spill Response Coordinator (ROSRC) shall forward form SA-5046 to the MODU
Superintendent/ Investigating Committee for comments and they should attach their investigative report
required under section 6. The MODU Superintendent should review and add his comments to the
incidents' report for leaks and spills of unknown source in his area of operation.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 219 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.1/Continued

G. SA-5046 will then be routed through the Proponent Department Manager for his comments and
signature prior to returning the completed document to the Regional Oil Spill Response Coordinator
(ROSRC) office for further processing and final distribution.

H. Copies of form SA-5046 “Leak and/or Spill Report-Offshore” are to be distributed as follows:

1) Global Oil Spill Response Director.

2) MODU Superintendent.

3) Proponent Department Manager.

4) Regional Oil Spill Response Coordinator (ROSRC).

5) Manager, SA Public Relations.

6) Administrator, Risk Management Division.

7) Area Loss Prevention Division.

8) Manager, SA Affairs.

9) Environmental Protection Department.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 220 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

Appendix No.2/D&WO Incident Investigation Report Form

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 221 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Appendix No.2/Continued

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 222 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-22/IR&A/Continued

Appendix No.3/Preliminary Incident Notification Matrix

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 223 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-23

Spudding In
and
Rig/Location Release

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 224 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-23 / Spudding In and Rig/Location Release (SI&RLR)
1. A complete Rig/Location Release Checklist for the previous well is required prior to Spudding-in on a new
location, see HSERM/A/A-23/SI&RLR/Appendix No.1. This procedure applies to Onshore and Offshore
rigs as applicable.

2. Spudding-in shall not commence until a Pre-Spud Inspection is conducted by the Rig Operator and
Company representative, see HSERM/A/A-23/SI&RLR/Appendix No.2. This procedure applies to Onshore
and Offshore rigs as applicable.

Note: Rig Foreman to highlight Nonapplicable (NA) items in remarks section of the checklist.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 225 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-23/SI&RLR/Continued

Appendix No.1/Rig/Location Release Checklist

Rig Name/Number: Liaison Man:

Well Name/Number: Date:

No. Inspect/Confirm YES NO Remarks

1 Is cellar/cellar deck cleaned out to its lowest level?

2 Is cellar area clean and free of all debris?

3 Are all bolts installed in casing spools?

4 Are all bolts proper size for flange?

5 Are all valve and flange bolts installed?

6 Are all valve handles installed and secured?

7 Are all valves fully closed?

8 Are all blind flanges installed on annulus valves?

9 Are all TCA/CCA valves clear of cement?

10 Is TCA/CCA pressure reported on the last morning report?

11 Is the top of tubing spool 2” below top of concrete cellar wall or 6” above ground level
for metal cellars? ( Land Gas Ops only)

12 Is the well name and number secured to the tree?

13 Are barriers erected around cellar?

14 Is trash removed and properly disposed from location?

15 No empty/toxic drums or cans left unattended? Note: Buried Toxic items are forbidden!

16 Are rat hole and mouse-hole filled in and location leveled?

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 226 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-23/SI&RLR/Appendix No.1/Continued

Additional Offshore Requirements


No. Inspect/Confirm YES NO Remarks

1 Is platform properly cleaned?

2 Are all platform handrails in place?

3 If necessary, has the workover Gin Pole been replaced?

4 Has the platform inspection permit been signed?

5 Are all platform drains free flowing and clear of debris?

Liaison Man Signature:

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 227 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-23/SI&RLR/Continued

Appendix No.2/Pre-Spud Checklist

Rig Name/Number: Liaison Man:

Well Name/Number: Date:

No. Inspect/Confirm YES NO Remarks

1 Are all hand rails in place throughout the rig?

2 Are all floor plates installed properly?

3 Are catwalk and pipe racks set?

4 Are all safety hobbles connected? I.e.; mud lines, stand pipe, etc..

5 Are all steps set in place and secured?

6 Are all ground’s cables connected where applicable?

7 Are all raising lines, yokes and bridle lines properly secured and protected?

8 Are all fire extinguishers set in correct place and checked?

9 Are all hand tools in their proper place?

10 Are all lights working and properly installed?

11 Are adequate drainage ditches dug where required with safety cables attached?

12 Do all derricks, sub-bases and carriage pins have safety pins installed?

13 Are all electrical cables laid in their proper place?

14 Are all electrical plugs properly fitted or have covers on them and labeled?

15 Have all surface high pressure mud lines been tested?

16 Are there any leaks on the low pressure system?

17 Has the Crown Saving Equipment (both) been properly set and tested?

18 Are there any leaks on diesel lines?

19 Are the mud tanks clear of trip hazards and rubbish?

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 228 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-23/SI&RLR/Appendix No.2/Continued

No. Inspect/Confirm YES NO Remarks

20 Are the cement lines to the drill floor connected and pressure tested?

21 Are transfer lines to the cement pre-mix tanks hooked up and ready?

22 Are firefighting systems hooked up, tested, ready and documented?

23 Are there any leaks in the water tanks system?

24 Has all rig and camp signs been properly posted?

25 Is the Auxiliary Geronimo escape line adequately secured and free of obstruction?

26 Are wind socks installed?

27 Is the rig’s internal communication functioning properly?

28 Have the primary and secondary muster points and staging areas been established (On
Main Camp Muster Points and Communications)?

39 Is derrick climber line properly rigged up?

30 Is instrumentation hooked up and functioning properly? I.e., Alarms set, tested and
calibrated.

31 Has all emergency contact phone numbers been updated, posted and verified?

32 Has all safety signage been posted? I.e., PPE, SWL, MSDS, Warnings.

33 Is flow line properly secured/snubbed off?

34 Are there any hydraulic leaks?

35 Has the Pre-Spud meeting been held and documented?

36 Are the breathing air cascade system and the air packs functioning properly and
looped?

37 Do you have an ERP prepared?

38 Is the ERP site specific?

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 229 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-23/SI&RLR/Appendix No.2/Continued

No. Inspect/Confirm YES NO Remarks

39 Are all ERP requirements implemented on site?

Do you have the RER map on location?


40

41 Is your camp outside the RER area?


42 Do you have relief wells locations identified?

43 Are you familiar with (110 call) protocol?

44 Is your well in an H2S risk area?

45 Do all personnel on location have valid H2S certificates?

46 Do you have H2S/gas cascade system checked and calibrated recently prior spud?

47 Are emergency response drills conducted?

48 Do you have third party operations on location (such as PMT)?

49 Do they participate in drills?

50 Are you aware of the D&WO SMS elements, G.I.’s, OIM 001-006, OTH 001 through 003?

51 Is your BOP stack OEM approved?

52 Do your key personnel have valid well control certificates?

53 Does your flare gun have valid shells?

54 Are you familiar and capable of reporting incidents and near misses in SAP and
ORBITS system?
55 Are you aware of your open inspection items?

56 Was the last Safety Alert shared and discussed?

57 Are properly rated Pop-Off relief valves and Mud Return lines installed and check
Valves in place as per OTH-001?

Liaison Man Signature:

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 230 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual

A-24

Pre-Tour Checklist/Driller
Handover

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 231 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-24 / Pre-Tour Checklist/Driller Handover (PTC/DH)
A Pre–Tour checklist/Driller Handover form shall be created (See Drillers Checklist HSERM/A/A-
24/PTC/DH/Figure No.1) to ensure basic well control and/or safety devices are present, checked and in the
proper working order. Current operations including any outstanding down-hole conditions should also be
discussed and noted on the form.

1. The checklist items should include but not be limited to the following points:

A. Accumulator unit oil level checked and recorded.

B. Control hoses checked for damage and leaks. Unused hoses plugged.

C. Accumulator, manifold and annular pressure recorded.

D. Type and size of rams posted on main and remote control units.

E. BOP and well head measurements posted on rig floor with correct pipe space out note.

F. Bop stack and choke manifold alignments checked.

G. Remote chokes functioned and left closed.

H. Maximum, Allowable Casing Pressure posted on the choke manifold and the remote choke panel.

I. Rig floor SCBA’s and cascade system units pressure checked.

J. Pit level, flow show indicators/recorders on and functioning properly.

K. Crown Saving Equipment (Both) set and adjusted properly.

L. Drilling recorder – all channels working properly.

M. Fully Open Safety Valve open and counter balance with operating wrench available near the driller’s
console.

N. Is BOP valve available on rig floor functioned and locked open?

O. Safety valves cross over subs available on rig floor for all connections in the hole.

P. Current drilling and/or tripping parameters in use listed.

Q. Current drilling fluid properties posted.

R. List of unusual down-hole conditions observed during previous tour.

2. The complete form (Drillers Check-List) should be signed by both drillers and tool pusher each tour.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 232 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-24/PTC/DH/Continued

Figure No.1

Rig Name/Number: Well Number: Date:

No. Observation Remarks

1 Inspect the Accumulator unit oil level and recorded.

2 Are control hoses free of damage and leaks?

3 Are unused hoses plugged?

4 Record accumulator, manifold and annular pressures.

5 Are type and size of rams posted on main and remote control units?

6 Is the BOP and well head measurements posted on rig floor with correct pipe
space-out noted?

7 Has the BOP stack and choke manifold alignments been checked?

8 Have the Remote chokes been functioned and left closed?

9 Is the Maximum, Allowable Casing Pressure posted on the choke manifold?

10 Is the Maximum, Allowable Casing Pressure posted on the remote choke


panel?

11 Have the drill floor SCBAs and the cascade system unit’s pressures been
checked?

12 Are pit level, flow show indicators/recorders on and functioning properly?

13 Is the Crown Saving Equipment (Both) set and adjusted properly?

14 Drilling recorder – are all channels working properly?

15 Is the Fully Open Safety Valve open and counter balanced with operating
wrench available near driller’s console?

16 Is the IBOP valve available on rig floor functioned and locked open?

17 Are all safety valves cross over subs available on rig floor for all connections
in the hole?

18 Are current drilling and /or tripping parameters in use listed?

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 233 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
A-24/PTC/DH/Figure No.1/Continued

Rig Name/Number: Well Number: Date:

No. Observation Remarks

19 Are current drilling fluid properties posted?

20 List any unusual down-hole condition observed during previous tour.

Drillers Name:

Shit: 00:00 hrs. - 12:00 hrs. 12:00 hrs. – 00:00 hrs.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 234 of 235
Section A / Administrative Requirements
D&WO HSE Requirements Manual
Revision Summary

Approvals
Rev No. Date Revision Summary
Custodian Approval
Originator Review Authority
00 Jan 2013 Original Release RGW RGW OSH & AAR

NOTE: Signed Original(s) are maintained within D&WO-DOE&CD.

SA-DWO-HSERM-AR-001-R0 / Created: 01/13 / Last Review: 01/13 / Next Review: 01/17


Owner: VP-D&WO
Revision(s) identified by a Vertical Bar in the Right Margin Page 235 of 235

Вам также может понравиться